section 00 00 02 - army and air force exchange service rucker... · ft. rucker, al image update...

Fort Rucker, AL Image Update Section 000002 02/27/20 of 5 Addendum #2

SECTION 00 00 02

TABLE OF CONTENTS Division 00 Bidding Requirements

00 00 01 Cover Page 00 00 02 Table of Contents 00 00 07 Seals Page 00 04 04 Substitutions Division 01 General Requirements

01 10 00 Summary 01 10 17 Exchange Furnished and Installed Equipment 01 10 18 Exchange Furnished Contractor Installed Equipment 01 10 60 Safety Policies and Procedures 01 10 60.1 Sample Safety Plan 01 10 60.2 Sample Construction Hazard Plan 01 13 00 Safety Regulations and Codes 01 13 00.1 Waste Disposal 01 14 20 Construction Phasing 01 14 50 Cutting and Patching 01 23 00 Options 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 32 00 Construction Progress Documentation 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 33 10 Weather Table 01 35 43 Environmental Protection 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities 01 59 00 Field Offices and Sheds 01 71 00 Cleaning 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 77 00 Project Closeout 01 78 39 Project Record Documents Division 02 Existing Conditions

02 41 16 Selective Demolition Division 03 Concrete

03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03 35 36 Existing Polished Concrete Floor Finish 03 35 36.1 New Polished Concrete Floor Finish 03 35 40 Interior Concrete Slab Repairs and Joint Filler Replacement


Division 04 Masonry

04 20 00 Unit Masonry Division 05 Metals

05 12 00 Structural Steel 05 40 00 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications Division 06 Wood, Plastics and Composites

06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 15 00 Wood Decking 06 40 23 Interior Architectural Woodwork Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection

07 21 00 Building Insulation and Vapor Retarder 07 54 23 Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 72 00 Roof Accessories 07 84 13 Penetration Firestopping 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Division 08 Openings

08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08 11 14 Custom Doors and Frames 08 31 13 Access Doors and Frames 08 33 26 Overhead Coiling Grilles 08 41 13 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 08 42 29 Automatic Entrances 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing Division 09 Finishes

09 22 16 Non-Load-Bearing Metal Framing 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 30 00 Tiling 09 51 13 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 09 65 13 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories 09 65 19 Resilient Tile Flooring 09 68 13 Tile Carpeting 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 09 90 00 Painting


Division 10 Specialties

10 11 43 Vision Display Wall Panels 10 14 00 Signs 10 21 13 Toilet Compartments 10 26 00 Wall and Door Protection Systems 10 28 00 Toilet Accessories 10 44 13 Fire Protection Specialties 10 53 00 Prefabricated Aluminum Canopies Division 11 Equipment

11 40 00 Food Service Equipment (EF/CI) Division 12 Furnishings

12 69 00 Entry Floor Mats Division 13 Special Construction

Division 21 Fire Suppression

21 05 53 Identification for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment 21 13 13 Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 21 13 16 Dry-Pipe Sprinkler Systems Division 22 Plumbing

22 00 00 Plumbing - General Provisions 22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing 22 05 23 General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 07 00 Plumbing Insulation 22 11 16.11 Water Service Tap and Service Line 22 11 16 Domestic Water Piping 22 11 19 Domestic Water Piping Specialties 22 11 23 Domestic Water Pumps 22 13 16 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 22 13 19.23 Grease Traps 22 13 19 Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties 22 14 23 Storm Drainage Piping Specialties 22 34 00 Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures 22 47 00 Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers


Division 23 HVAC

23 00 00 HVAC - General Provisions 23 01 30.51 HVAC Duct Cleaning 23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC 23 05 13 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment 23 05 19 Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping 23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 33 Heat Tracing for HVAC Piping 23 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation 23 09 00 Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC 23 11 23 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 23 21 13 Hydronic Piping 23 21 16 Hydronic Piping Specialties 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping 23 31 13 Metal Ducts 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories 23 34 23 HVAC Power Ventilators 23 34 33 Air Curtains 23 35 33 Listed Kitchen Ventilation System Exhaust Ducts 23 36 00 Air Terminal Units 23 37 13 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 23 38 13 Commercial Kitchen Hoods 23 52 16 Condensing Boilers 23 64 23 Scroll Water Chillers 23 74 33 Packaged, Outdoor, Heating and Cooling Makeup Air-Conditioners 23 81 26 Split-System Air-Conditioners 23 82 39.13 Cabinet Unit Heaters Division 26 Electrical

26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding of Electrical Systems 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 29 23 Variable-Frequency Motor Controllers 26 51 00 Interior Lighting Division 27 Communications

27 15 00 Communications Horizontal Cabling


Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security

26 16 00 Intrusion Detection (Advantor 5.0) 28 31 00 Fire Alarm System/Life Safety System 28 39 00 Combination Mass Notification/Life Safety Systems Division 31 Earthwork

31 23 23 Utility Backfill Materials 31 23 33 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities Division 32 Exterior Improvements

32 12 00 Flexible Paving 32 13 00 Concrete Paving 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates 32 91 13 Soil Preparation 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses Division 33 Utilities

33 30 00 Sanitary Sewerage Utilities 33 40 00 Storm Drainage Utilities

Appendix

Appendix A – Asbestos Containing Materials, Test Report & Abatement Procedures

Appendix A1 - 19-PR001 Bldg 9214 Asbestos Assessment Survey 3-11-2019 REV 2

Appendix A2 - ENV-AS002 Asbestos Abatement Procedures

Appendix A3 - Form 2736 Waste Shipment Record

Appendix A4 - USAACE Form 2738 Asbestos Abatement Compliance Checklist (1OCT2017)

Appendix A5 - Form 2739 Asbestos Abatement Work Plan

Appendix A6 - ADEM Form 300 Solid Waste Profile Sheet

Appendix A7 - ADEM Form 496 Notice of Demolition and/or Asbestos Removal

Appendix A8 – USAACE Form 2720 Debris Recovery Plan and Statement (1OCT2017)

Appendix B – AAFES Site Readiness Form

Appendix C – ENV-SW010 Contractor Hazardous Waste Management

Appendix D – ENV-SW011 Recycling Program

Appendix E – FLIC Scope of Work

Appendix E1 - FLIC Log Book

12/12

Ft. Rucker, AL Image Update Section 011000 02/27/20 Page 1 of 7 Addendum #2

SECTION 01 10 00

SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 STATEMENT OF WORK

A. The work covered by these specifications consists of furnishing all plant, supervision, labor, equipment, materials and incidentals necessary to perform all operations required to complete the work, all in accordance with these specifications and the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract.

B. The work to be performed is located at Ft. Rucker, AL.

C. Principal Features:

1. The work to be performed in connection with this project includes, but is not limited to, interior and exterior improvements including replacing wall and floor finishes and remodeling restrooms, and tenant and customer areas in the Ft. Rucker. Work includes mechanical, plumbing, refrigeration, fire protection and electrical work.

2. Improvements will also include the following: a. Fire alarm upgrade. b. HVAC System replacement c. Asbestos removal. d. New Roof mounted equipment. e. Exterior sidewalk, paving, railing repairs and replacement. f. Exterior elevations improvements.

D. The Contractor is advised to take note of the following General Provisions of the Contract:

Cleaning up; Material and Workmanship; Accident Prevention; Protection of Existing Vegetation, Structures, Utilities and Improvements; Operation and Storage Areas; Site Investigation; Permits and Responsibilities. Copies of the General Provisions may be obtained from the Contracting Officer.

1.2 SPECIAL CUTURAL REQUIREMENTS

A. This project consist of multiple projects within this building both to the exterior and the interior.

These projects are covered by the “No Potential to Cause Effects” (NPtCE) policy dated Sep-14-2016. The sections of the NPtCE that these projects fall under are: 3.f(3), 3.e(1), 3.f(2), 3.f(3), 3.g(1).

1.3 SPECIAL BASE REQUIREMENTS

A. Regular business hours during the week for the Department of Public Works are 7:00AM to 4:00PM, Monday through Friday, excluding Federal Holidays. The Exchange normal business hours of operation are from 9:00AM to 7:00PM, Monday through Saturday and 10:00AM to 8:00PM on Sundays. On Holidays the Exchange is open from 10:00AM to 6:00PM. Due to the unique nature and aggressive schedule of this project, the Contractor may be required to work 24 hours a day/ 7 days a week. Also, many items of work can only be performed at night after hours once the Exchange is closed to customers. The Exchange will be available to the Contractor on a 24/7 basis. A 24 hour advance notice to the Exchange General Manager is required to confirm on site security is available during non-operation hours. Failure on the part of the Contractor to give this advance notice may result in the facility not being accessible for work. The Contractor shall coordinate this work schedule closely with the EXCHANGE store manager and notify the Installation Military Police prior to performing work after normal business hours.

12/12


B. The Contractor is fully responsible for obtaining installation passes and familiarizing themselves

with installation security approval processes as to not cause construction delay. See base website. C. Ft. Rucker, AL may require special access requirements during times of heightened security

measures and/or force protection events requiring the Contractor to adjust schedules and access accordingly. Advance notice will be given to the Contractor as soon as possible in the event of such an occurrence.

1.3 UTILITIES (WATER, GAS AND ELECTRICITY)

A. Existing hose bibbs will be used to obtain water for this project. The Contractor will not be charged for consumption of utilities (water, gas and electricity) refer to Section 01 50 00, “Temporary Facilities and Controls”.

B. Contractor must coordinate with ONG for exterior work including and up to the meter. 1.4 LAYING OUT WORK

A. Dimensions and elevations indicated in layout of work shall be verified by the Contractor.

Discrepancies between drawings, specifications, and conditions shall be referred to the Contracting Officer in writing for adjustment before work affected is performed. Failure to make such notifications shall place responsibility upon the Contractor to carry out work in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner.

B. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the location and elevation of all the construction

contemplated by the construction documents.

C. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully compare and check all Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical drawings, each with the other, that in any way affect the locations of elevation of the work to be executed by him, and should any discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report the same to the Contracting Officer for verifications and adjustment. Any duplication of work made necessary by failure or neglect on the Contractor's part to comply with this function shall be done at his sole expense.

D. The drawings accompanying these specifications indicate generally the design and arrangement of

all apparatus, fixtures, accessories, etc. necessary to complete the work required. The exact location or arrangement of equipment is subject to minor changes necessitated by field conditions and shall be made as required without additional cost to EXCHANGE. Measurements shall be verified by actual observations at the construction site, and the Contractor shall be responsible for all work fitting into place in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner meeting the approval of the Contracting Officer.

1.5 EXISTING OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND WORK

A. Carefully check the site where this project is to be erected and observe any overhead wires and equipment. Any such work shall be moved, replaced, or protected, as required, whether or not shown or specified.

B. Attention is directed to the existence of pipe and other underground improvements which are

shown on the drawings. All reasonable precautions shall be taken to preserve and protect all such improvements shown on the drawings.

C. Locations of underground lines, shown on the drawings, are based on the best available sources,

but are to be regarded as approximate only. Exercise extreme care in locating and identifying these lines before excavating in adjacent areas.

12/12


1.6 INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES SERVICES

A. The Contractor shall perform the work under this Contract with a minimum of outage time for all utilities. Interruption shall be by approved section of the utility. In some cases, the Contractor may be required to perform the work while the existing utility is in service. The existing utility services may be interrupted only when approved by the Contracting Officer. When it is necessary to interrupt the existing utilities, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer, Contracting Officer Representative, Department of Public Works, and Privatized Utility/Utility Service in writing at least seven days in advance of the time he desires the existing service to be interrupted. The interruption time shall be kept to a minimum. Depending upon the activities at the facility which require continuous service from the existing utility, an interruption may not be subject to schedule at the time desired by the Contractor. In such cases the interruption may have to be scheduled at a time of minimum requirement of demand for the utility. The amount of time requested by the Contractor for interruption of existing utility services shall be as approved by the Contracting Officer.

1.7 EXCAVATION

A. Prior to commencing any excavation work the Contractor shall obtain a valid Excavation Permit, from the Department of Public Works. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the necessary signatures and coordination for the permit.

1.8 WELDING PERMIT

A. Prior to commencing any welding, the Contractor shall obtain a welding permit from the Fire Department and Department of Public Works.

1.9 BARRICADES AND WARNING DEVICES

A. The Contractor shall provide barricades and lighting devices, in accordance with Manual for Uniform Traffic Control Devices by the State Department of Transportation, latest Edition, at all points of excavation and construction in vehicle traffic areas.

1.10 PROTECTION FOR OPEN FLAME DEVICES

A. When open flame and/or spark producing devices, i.e., acetylene oxygen welding equipment, electric arc welding, etc., are employed for job accomplishment, the following procedures are mandatory:

1. Inspect all surroundings and equipment to insure that combustible substances are not

present in any area where contact of metal at a temperature above the flashpoint of any compound is possible.

2. Ensure that no open containers or spills of combustible substances are present. 3. Ensure that ignition is not possible by conduction, convection, radiation, or dispersion of

molten metal. 4. Proper protection equipment and practices will be used, i.e., fireproof blankets, wetting of

surrounding area, removal o combustible materials where practicable, earth filled backing and portable fire extinguishers of proper type on hand.

5. When the above devices are being used notify the Installation Fire Department 24 hours ahead of usage.

12/12


1.11 FIRE PROTECTION

A. The Contractor shall at all times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire damage. All scrap materials, rubbish, and trash shall be removed daily from in and about the building and shall not be permitted to be scattered on adjacent property.

B. Suitable storage space shall be provided 50 feet minimum outside the building area for storing

flammable materials and paints; no storage will be permitted in the building. Excess flammable liquids being used inside the building shall be kept in closed metal containers and removed from the building during unused periods.

C. A contractor shall provide a fire extinguisher at each location where cutting and welding is being

performed. Where electric or gas welding or cutting is done, interposed shields of incombustible material shall be used to protect against fire damage due to sparks and hot metal. When temporary heating devices are used, a watchman shall be present to cover periods when other workmen are not on the premises.

D. The Contractor shall provide fire extinguishers in accordance with the recommendations of NFPA

No. 10 and 241. However, in all cases a minimum of four fire extinguishers shall be available for each building.

E. Fire Codes: The Contractor shall obey all requirements of the National Fire Codes, Unified

Facilities Criteria (UFC) and Base/Post Fire Regulations as they relate to his work on base/post. 1.12 WORK BY OTHERS (IF APPLICABLE)

A. Work not included: Except for such auxiliary work as is shown or specified or is necessary as a part of the construction, the following work is not included in the Contract:

1. Any work shown, but marked "NOT IN CONTRACT" (N.I.C.).

1.13 EXCHANGE-FURNISHED AND INSTALLED EQUIPMENT (IF APPLICABLE)

A. See Specification Section 01 10 17: EXCHANGE Furnished and Installed Equipment.

1.14 EXCHANGE FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED EQUIPMENT (IF APPLICABLE)

A. See Specification Section 01 10 18: EXCHANGE Furnished Contractor Installed Equipment. 1.15 LINING OF JOINTS IN FINISH MATERIALS

A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make certain in the installation of jointed floor, wall, and ceiling and pavement materials that:

1. The joints line through in a straight line and in both directions wherever possible. 2. The joints relate to all openings and breaks in the structure and be symmetrically placed

wherever possible. This includes heating registers, light fixtures, equipment, etc.

12/12


3. If, because of the non-related sizes of the various materials and locations of openings, etc., it is not possible to accomplish the above, the Contractor shall meet with the Contracting Officer to determine the most satisfactory arrangement. The Contractor shall establish center lines for all trades.

1.16 INTEGRATING WORK

A. All streets, buildings, and other improvements shall be protected from damage.

B. Contractor's operations shall be confined to the immediate vicinity of the project work and shall not in any way interfere with or obstruct the ingress or egress to and from street or adjacent property.

C. If new work is to be connected to existing work, special care shall be exercised not to disturb or

damage the existing work more than necessary. All damaged work shall be replaced, repaired, and restored to its original condition at no cost to the Exchange Service.

1.17 HEADROOM UNDER PIPES

A. All horizontal runs of plumbing and heating pipes and/or electrical conduit suspended from ceilings shall provide for a maximum headroom clearance, but in no case shall this clearance be less than 7'-0" without written consent from the Contracting Officer. Where piping or conduit is left exposed within a room, the same shall run true to plumb, horizontal or intended planes. Where possible, uniform margins are to be maintained between parallel lines and/or adjacent wall, floor, or ceiling surfaces.

1.18 PATCHING GOVERNMENT-OWNED FACILITIES

A. Government-owned structures, facilities, streets, curbs, walks, etc., that are damaged or removed due to required excavations or other construction work, shall be patched, repaired or replaced, and be left in their original state of repair by the Contractor, to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer and of authorities having jurisdiction thereof at no expense to the Exchange.

1.19 LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING

A. Drawings showing location of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc., are diagrammatic and job conditions shall not always permit their installation in the location shown. When this situation occurs, it shall be brought to the Contracting Officer's attention immediately and the relocation determined in a joint conference. The Contractor will be held responsible for the relocating of any items without first obtaining the Contracting Officer's approval. He shall remove and relocate such items at his own expense if so directed by the Contracting Officer.

1.20 OVERLOADING

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for overloading any part or parts of structures beyond their safe calculated carrying capacities by placing of materials, equipment, tools, machinery, or any other item thereon. No loads shall be placed on floors or roofs before they have attained their permanent and safe strength.

12/12


1.21 STANDARDS

A. Any material specified by reference to the number, symbol, or title of a specific standard such as Commercial Standard, a Federal Specification, a trade association standard, or other similar standard shall comply with the requirements in the latest revision thereof, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in effect on the date of invitation for proposals, except as limited to type, class, or grade, or modified in such reference, and except as otherwise indicated.

B. The standard referred to, except as modified in the specifications, shall have full force and effect as

though printed in these specifications. These standards are not furnished to bidders for the reason that the manufacturers and trades involved are assumed to be familiar with their requirements.

1. Where Federal Specifications are referred to as a measure of quality and standard, they

refer to Federal Specifications established by the Procurement Division of the United States Government and are available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office.

2. Where Federal Specification numbers are used, they refer to the latest edition including amendments thereto.

3. Where Commercial Standards are referred to as a measure of quality, standard, and method of fabrication, they refer to Commercial Standards issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce.

4. Where ASTM Serial Numbers are used, they refer to the latest tentative specifications, standards specifications, standards methods, or standard method of testing issued by the American Society for Testing and Materials.

1.22 CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE

A. Except where tests and/or inspections in connection with structural materials are specified or required by applicable laws, rules, and regulations, manufacturer's certificate covering conformance with the requirements of the above mentioned Federal Specifications and Commercial Standards may be acceptable in lieu of such items. Such certificates shall be furnished to the Contracting Officer for all items so specified.

1.23 OCCUPANCY BY THE EXCHANGE

A. EXCHANGE shall reserve the right and privilege of partial occupancy during and prior to the absolute completion of the total work. Access shall be allowed at all times to the Exchange and its own Contractors in the endeavor.

1.24 REFERENCES

A. All references to the word "Government" or “Exchange” in the specifications shall mean Army and Air Force Exchange Service (AAFES).

B. Wherever the word "provide" is used in the Contract Documents as a directive, it shall be

interpreted as meaning "provide and install completely and ready for use".

12/12


C. Definitions:

1. Vendor: Person or persons selling any material item. 2. Base, Post, Installation or Facility: Location on which Exchange is being remodeled. 3. Concessionaire: Person who is directly responsible for the lease of and operation of the

concessions such as Beauty Shop, Barber Shop, and Laundry/Dry Cleaners. 4. Architect-Engineer: That person or firm responsible for preparing the working drawings

and specifications. 5. AAFES or Exchange: Army and Air Force Exchange Service. 6. Inspection Agency: Project Inspector contracted by EXCHANGE.

1.25 TOXIC MATERIALS

A. Removal or disposal of toxic materials or asbestos is included in this contract. Refer to Project Manual appendices for guidance in abatement of asbestos and lead-based paint.

B. If the Contractor encounters any additional toxic materials other than those explicitly include in the contract, he shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer and Contracting Officer Representative.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION

04/11


SECTION 01 32 00

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Format

B. Content

C. Revisions to schedules D. Submittals E. Digital Photographic Documentation

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. General Provisions of the EXCHANGE Contract for Construction, Article entitled: "Schedule and Progress"

B. Section 01 10 00 - Summary

C. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures

1.4 GENERAL

A. The Contractor-prepared progress chart shall serve as a guide in managing the construction progress.

B. In preparing this system, the scheduling of construction shall be the responsibility of the

Contractor. C. The schedules shall be prepared using the Critical Path Method (CPM).

1.4 FORMAT

A. Prepare schedules as a horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major portion of work or operation, identifying first workday of each week.

B. The format shall be such to enable the Contracting Officer to evaluate the reasonableness of the

proposed schedule and to determine if the actual construction is on schedule. 1.5 CONTENT

A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction.

B. Identify each item by specification section number.

C. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item and total percentage of Work completed

as of the first day of each month.

04/11


D. Indicate delivery dates for EXCHANGE furnished products. 1.6 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES

A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal and projected completion date of each activity.

B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope and other identifiable

changes which could affect the schedule.

C. Provide narrative report with each submittal describing work accomplished during the previous period, the work scheduled for the next period, anticipated problem areas and delays and impact on the schedule. Report corrective action taken or proposed.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit a preliminary schedule through the Contracting Officer defining the Contractor's proposed operations for the first sixty (60) of the contract within ten (10) days after date of Notice to Proceed. Indicate the Contractor's general approach for the balance of the project. Include the cost of the activities expected to be completed or partially completed before submission and approval of the complete progress schedule.

B. Upon approval of the preliminary schedule by the Contracting Officer and within thirty (30)

calendar days after the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit the complete Progress Schedule.

C. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each monthly Application for Payment.

D. Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires plus four (4) copies which

will be retained by Contracting Officer. 1.8 DISTRIBUTION

A. Distribute copies of reviewed schedules to project site file, subcontractors, suppliers and other concerned parties.

B. Instruct recipients to promptly report in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in

schedules.

1.9 SUBMISSION OF PHOTOGRAPHS

A. Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer digital photographs taken on or about the first of every month, showing the general conditions of the work as viewed from the north, south, east, west and interior. Photographs (minimum of 20) must accompany each Application for Payment. Each print shall be identified by date of exposure, project title, and EXCHANGE Project Number, location and direction taken.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 32 00

04/11


SECTION 01 35 43

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES (Scope) A. The work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment and

performing all work required for the prevention of environmental degradation during and as a result of construction operations under this contract. These requirements are in addition to any environmental protection requirements elsewhere in these specifications. For the purpose of this specification, environmental pollution is defined as the presence of chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents, not naturally occurring at the site, which adversely affect human health or welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances important to human life; affect other species of importance to humans; or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic and recreational purposes. The control of environmental pollution by the contractor requires consideration of air, water, and land, and involves noise control, solid waste management and management of radiant energy and radioactive materials, as well as other pollutants. This section also requires the protection of cultural and historic resources.

B. Contractor shall coordinate the work of this section with the work called for under the various Earthwork

and Utilities sections. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OBLIGATIONS. A. Work under this contract is to be performed on a government facility. All environmental rules applying

to contractor operations elsewhere will also apply on the government facility. Contractor (and any subcontractor, agent or representative) shall comply with all Applicable Federal, State, and local laws and regulations providing for environmental protection and pollution control and abatement. These include but are not limited to: the Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, Toxic Substances Control Act, Federal Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, Coastal Zone Management Act, Endangered Species Act, National Historic Preservation Act, Safe Drinking Water Act, Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, Oil Pollution Act, Archeological Resources Protection Act, and Pollution Prevention Act. Contractor has the duty to determine for itself where such laws and regulations apply. Although the Contractor may request assistance from the Contracting Officer in delineating applicable environmental laws and regulations, Contractor has an independent responsibility to make its own determination and to do so in a timely fashion.

1.3 FINES OR PENALTIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL NON-COMPLIANCE. A. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying any fines or penalties assessed against EXCHANGE or

the installation or the Army or the Air Force for violations of environmental laws or regulations resulting from acts or omissions of the contractor or its employees, subcontractors, or agents. This obligation is in addition to any fines or penalties that may be assessed against the contractor for the same conduct. Contractor may either reimburse these fines or penalties through the Contracting Officer, or with the consent of the Contracting Officer, the Contractor may pay such fines or penalties directly to the regulatory agency or agencies concerned.

04/11


1.4 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGES A. Contractor agrees to hold harmless and indemnify EXCHANGE (which includes the Army, Air Force, or

other Department of Defense component, as appropriate) for any and all damages of any kind resulting from environmentally harmful activities by the contractor, contractor's employees or agents or subcontractors. "Damages" includes but is not limited to personal injury, property damage (including diminution of value), or death, environmental restoration and response costs, natural resource damages, expert witness and attorney's fees, and reimbursement of any and all expenses incurred to obtain permits as a result of Contractor's failure to identify or obtain permits for itself or EXCHANGE.

1.5 CONTACTS WITH ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY OFFICIALS.

A. Contractor shall immediately advise the Contracting Officer and the installation environmental office of the content of all contacts with federal, state, or local environmental regulators, before, during, and after the performance of this contract concerning the performance of this contract.

PART 2 – PERMITS 2.1 PERMITS FOR EQUIPMENT USED BY CONTRACTOR IN PERFORMING EXCHANGE CONTRACTS. A. For equipment used in the performance of this contract, Contractor shall obtain in Contractor's name and

at no additional expense to EXCHANGE, all permits, coordinations, certifications or other regulatory authorization necessary to perform and complete the work required by this contract under applicable environmental laws and regulations. “Applicable environmental laws and regulations" includes but is not limited to: the Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), Toxic Substances Control Act, Federal Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, Coastal Zone Management Act, Endangered Species Act, National Historic Preservation Act, Safe Drinking Water Act, Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, Oil Pollution Act, and Pollution Prevention Act and State, County, and Local laws and regulations on the same subjects.

2.2 PERMITS NEEDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, EXCAVATION, MODIFICATION, RENOVATION,

DEMOLITION, INSTALLATION, OR OTHER ALTERATION OF BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATIONS, REAL PROPERTY OR SYSTEMS

A. Contractor shall identify all Federal, State, County, or local, permits, coordinations, certifications or other

regulatory authorization requirements under all applicable environmental laws and regulations as defined in (a.) above. Contractor shall then prepare and submit in draft all applicable permit applications, coordinations, notices, or other required filings, together with all supporting data to the contracting officer for review. Permit applications or notifications or other documents that must be submitted by EXCHANGE will be submitted by EXCHANGE, and any documents that must be submitted by the contractor will be returned after review to the contractor for submission. No work requiring permit or other written authorization shall proceed before the Contractor has the permit or authorization or a copy thereof in its possession.

04/11


PART 3 - MATERIALS 3.1 RECYCLED MATERIALS. A. Materials used in this contract shall be, to the greatest extent practicable and consistent with financial

prudence, made of recycled materials or of materials that are recyclable. Where construction debris such as concrete or asphalt or wood can be recycled, this alternative will be considered.

3.2 ASBESTOS A. Refer to Specifications Appendix A for Asbestos Containing Material (ACM) Testing Report and for all

associated ACM abatement procedures, forms, and requirements. 3.3 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYL'S (PCBs) A. PCBs will not be used or included in this project. 3.4 LEAD-BASED PAINT A. Lead-based paint will not be used included in this project. 3.5 OZONE-DEPLETING SUBSTANCES. A. "Class I substance," as used in this clause, means any substance designated as class I by the

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)(40 CFR Part 82), including but not limited to chlorofluorocarbons, halons, carbon tetrachloride, and methyl chloroform.

B. "Class II substance," as used in this clause, means any substance designated as class II by EPA (40 CFR

Part 82), including but not limited to, hydrochlorofluorocarbons. C. As required by 42 USC 7671j(b), c, and (d) and 40 CFR Part 82, Subpart E, the Contractor shall label

products which contain class I or class II ozone-depleting substances or are manufactured with a process that uses class I or class II ozone-depleting substances, or containers of class I or class II ozone-depleting substances, as follows:

"WARNING: Contains (or manufactured with, if applicable) _________*__________, (a) substance(s) which harm(s) public health and the environment by destroying

ozone in the upper atmosphere." *The Contractor shall insert the name of the substance(s). D. The contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Sections 608 and 609 of the Clean Air

Act (42 USC 7671g, National Recycling and Emission Reduction Program and 7671h, Servicing of Motor Vehicle Air Conditioners) as each or both apply to the contract.

3.6 PESTICIDES A. Except as may be specified elsewhere in this contract, Contractor will not use or apply pesticides (such as

herbicides or weed-killers, insecticides, or rodenticides) without the specific written prior approval of the Contracting Officer.

04/11


PART 4 - EXECUTION (WORK PRACTICES) 4.1 GENERAL: SITE DISTURBANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. A. Contractor shall use industry-recognized best management practices to avoid creation of fugitive dust

emissions and to avoid and control storm water runoff from the construction site and any temporary roads that may be used for access to it. Water sprinkling may be used to control dust. Contractor shall perform all work under this contract in such a manner that no pollutants of any kind are released into ditches, storm drains, streams, lakes, or other surface waters on or connected to the site.

4.2 PROTECTION OF WATER RESOURCES A. General: The General Contractor shall not pollute storm drainage, streams, lakes, or reservoirs with

fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium chloride, acids, construction wastes or other harmful materials or pollutants. It is the responsibility of the General Contractor to determine and comply with all applicable federal, state, regional, municipal, and other regulations.

B. Spillage: The General Contractor shall take special measures to prevent chemicals, fuels, oils, greases,

bituminous materials, waste washings, herbicides, cement, and surface drainage from entering public waters. In the event of a spill, the contractor must make all required notifications to federal, state or local authorities and will notify the Contracting Officer immediately.

C. Washing and Curing Water: Water used in aggregate processing, concrete curing, foundation, and

concrete lift clean-up and other waste water shall not be allowed to enter the storm drainage system. 4.3 PROTECTION OF LAND RESOURCES A. General: It is intended that the land resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of

permanent work performed under this contract be preserved in their present condition or be restored to a condition after completion of construction that will appear to the natural and not detract from the appearance of the project. The General Contractor shall limit his construction activities to areas defined by the Drawings or Specifications.

B. Prevention of Landscape Defacement: Except in areas marked on the plans to be cleared, the General

Contractor shall not deface, remove, cut, injure or destroy trees or shrubs without specific written authority. Trees designated to be saved shall be protected from either excavation or filling within the root zone. No ropes, cables, or guys shall be fastened or attached to any existing trees for anchorage unless specifically authorized by the Contracting Officer. The General Contractor shall in any event be responsible for any damage resulting from such use.

C. Restoration of Landscape Damage: Any trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the

General Contractor's equipment or operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to the original condition at the General Contractor's expense. The Contracting Officer will decide what method of restoration shall be used, and whether damaged trees shall be treated and healed or removed and disposed of under requirements for clearing and grubbing. All scars made on trees not designated on the plans to be removed by equipment construction operations, or by the removal of limbs larger than 1-inch in diameter shall be coated immediately with an approved tree wound dressing. All trimming or pruning shall be performed in an approved manner by experienced landscape personnel. Tree trimming with axes shall not be permitted. Trees that are to remain, either within or outside established clearing limits, that are subsequently damaged by the General Contractor and are beyond saving in the opinion of the Contracting Officer, shall be immediately removed and replaced with a nursery-grown tree of the same species.

04/11


4.4 CONTROL OF AIR EMISSIONS A. Contractor's actions shall conform to all federal, state, and local requirements for the control of air

emissions during work under this contract. Trucks leaving the site will be brushed or washed to remove all practicable amounts of dust or other material that may become airborne. Contractor will ensure that all internal construction vehicles and equipment used will have the lowest practicable emissions characteristics and be maintained in optimum operating condition for the reduction of air emissions. Where use of electric motors instead of internal combustion engines is feasible, electric motors will be used during construction.

PART 5 – POLLUTION PREVENTION AND WASTE DISPOSAL 5.1 POLLUTION PREVENTION A. The contractor should use prior planning to find those materials that will minimize the creation of waste

in general and hazardous waste in particular. Recycling should be considered and implemented at every practicable stage of the project.

5.2 WASTE DISPOSAL A. Pollution Prevention: The contractor should use prior planning to find those materials and work practices

that will minimize the creation of waste in general and hazardous waste in particular. B. Hazardous Waste Generation, Handling, and Disposal. Work done under this contract is to be performed

on a government facility. According to rules and procedures of the United States Environmental Protection Agency, the federal facility is required to have a generator identification number under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and to be responsible for wastes (as defined under RCRA) produced, managed, stored, disposed on, or transported from the facility. Accordingly, Contractor will, to the greatest extent practicable, use materials, processes, and techniques that will avoid the creation of hazardous waste. Contractor shall prepare and follow a written waste management and disposal plan for all hazardous wastes generated on the site. Prior to generation of any hazardous wastes, contractor will coordinate planned activities regarding hazardous materials and hazardous waste with the Contracting Officer. Contractor shall submit a written waste management plan, through the contracting officer, to installation environmental office. Contractor shall follow this plan once it has been approved by the contracting officer. Under no circumstances will contractor bring onto the site hazardous waste that has been generated elsewhere. All hazardous waste will be properly disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with all federal, state, and local requirements.

C. Disposal of Non-RCRA Wastes. All non-hazardous wastes generated on the site as a result of this contract must be disposed of properly,

in accordance with all federal, state and local requirements. Materials will be recycled whenever practicable. Prior to creation of such wastes, the contractor shall submit to the installation environmental management function, through the Contracting Officer, a plan for disposal of wastes. Such plan shall include the types of waste to be created, how they shall be stored, managed and disposed. Contractor shall follow this plan once it has been approved by the installation and contracting officer. Such wastes will not be created until approved by the Contracting Officer.

D. Construction Debris.

1. Debris from demolition of existing structures will ordinarily be removed to a location on the

installation, as designated by the installation authorities. 2. If a location on the installation is not available, other sections in this contract may require the

contractor to remove clean construction debris from the site to a location of the contractor’s choosing off the installation. (Site soil or other site media are not covered by this paragraph.) Debris will be recycled or disposed of in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local rules. Such debris must be free of all contamination, including but not limited to, lead paint, asbestos, and

04/11


insecticides. Prior to removal of any construction debris, that debris must be certified by the installation to be free of contamination and of no value to the United States, and this certification must be provided to the contracting officer. To expedite work, this may be accomplished by a telecopier or other suitable electronic means, however, the original certification form must be provided to the contracting officer. No form is prescribed for this certification so long as all necessary information is provided and the document is signed by an authorized installation representative. However, an example is provided at page 7 and this form may be used. All construction debris removed from the installation must be covered by a certification. The contractor must arrange with the installation POC whether all debris will be covered by one certification or if several certifications will be required.

E. Consolidated Waste Disposal Plans: Contractor may, at contractor’s option, submit for approval as

specified above one consolidated plan for handling hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. F. Earthwork and Removal of Potentially Contaminated Media:

1. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this contract, the site has been inspected and is, consistent with best professional judgment, free of environmental contamination or pollution. However, work under this contract will be performed on a military installation, where the history of prior military and industrial activities is not necessarily completely known. The following provisions prohibit the removal from the installation of soil or other materials found on site and are included, in an abundance of caution, for the protection of EXCHANGE, the installation, and the contractor.

2. Notwithstanding any other clause in this contract, including but not limited to all standard site work general provisions (02010-02900); no media by-product resulting from site preparation, construction or excavation shall be moved off the post, base, or installation where the construction is occurring. If the construction is off the post, base or installation, no media by-product shall be moved off the construction site.

3. The contractor shall: (1) leave the media in place at the site, subject to appropriate erosion control; or (2) haul the media to and place it at a location on the installation that has been designated either in this contract or in writing by the contracting officer; and (3) if unforeseen difficulties arise, such as excessive quantity of media is generated, the contractor shall advise the contracting officer and shall not remove media from the site without written authorization from the contracting officer.

DEFINITIONS Media - Any soil, water, or air, moved, disturbed or released from a site. The terms hazardous, waste, pollutant, contaminate, substance have the same meanings and usage here as they

commonly do in CERCLA, RCRA, FWPCA, CAA, TSCA, and SDWA respectively."

04/11


INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION FOR CLEAN CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS TO BE REMOVED FROM EXCHANGE PROJECT SITE

As representative of ________________________ (insert name of installation), I am authorized to certify, and

hereby do so certify, that the construction debris to be removed from the EXCHANGE project site at _______________________ __________________________________________________________________ (describe project and list address, for example Main Exchange Project, 111 Road A, X installation) has been inspected and is of no value to the United States and is free of all contamination, including but not limited to: lead paint, asbestos, PCBs, and pesticides.

CERTIFICATION: Signed: ____________________________________________________________ Date: _________________ Printed Name, Rank or Grade, and Duty Title:

_________________________________________________________ ORIGINAL OF THIS FORM MUST BE PROVIDED TO CONTRACTING OFFICER

04/11


PART 6 - UNEXPECTED SITE CONDITIONS 6.1 CONTAMINATED SOIL OR GROUNDWATER. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this contract, site has been inspected and is, consistent with best

professional judgment, free of environmental contamination or pollution. However, unexpected conditions can always arise. Contractor or subcontractor personnel may encounter soil or groundwater that is suspected to be contaminated, either because of odors, colors, free liquids, unexpected construction debris, or other suspicious conditions. Should this occur, contractor will immediately notify the Contracting Officer and the installation environmental office and take necessary initial measures to protect workers, the site, and other personnel.

6.2 UNEXPECTED ARTIFACTS OR RELICS Should contractor employees in the course of site preparation or other work on this contract find

unexpected historic or archeological remains, such as bones, arrow points, pottery remnants, foundations, or other evidence of previous uses of the site, contractor will cease further site-disturbing activity and immediately notify the Contracting Officer and installation environmental office.

END OF SECTION 01 35 43


SECTION 03 35 36

EXISTING FACILITY POLISHED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Installation of polished concrete floor system for existing interior concrete floors by dry grinding, application of

concrete densifier, and polishing with various size grit metal-bonded and resin-bonded diamonds to the scheduled specified minimum local and overall gloss values.

B. Removal of existing epoxy, ceramic, carpet, and/or vinyl composite tile floor finish, and all underlayment products where shown on drawings.


A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

B. Section 03 35 40 – Interior Concrete Slab Repairs and Joint Filler Replacement.

C. Division 09 – Finishes 1.3 REFERENCES

A. ASTM D 523 – Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss.

B. ACI 310 “A Guide to Decorative Concrete”.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

B. Product Data: 1. Provide manufacturer's equipment product data sheets for:

a. Planetary grinder polishing equipment b. Planetary grinder HEPA dust collection equipment c. Hand tools d. Hand tool dust collection equipment e. Diamond tooling f. High speed propane burnisher g. Polyurea pump h. Joint cutting saw

2. Manufacturer’s chemical and product data sheets for:

a. Liquid reactive surface densifier b. Liquid stain guard treatment c. Joint filler d. Crack and spall repair product e. Polishable overlay product f. Grout coat, pin hole and small defect surface treatment g. Acrylic Sealer if required

C. Installer’s Certification:


1. Provide list of 5 projects performed with last three years of similar type, size and complexity. Submit project names, addresses, contacts and phone numbers for each project. General Contractor is to validate references and polisher’s capabilities prior to submitting bid to AAFES.

2. Applicator Qualifications: Submit letter of certification from each of the following manufacturers of products and equipment specified herein, stating that the applicator is a certified applicator of the system and is familiar with proper procedures and installation methods as required by the manufacturer. a. Planetary grinder system b. Liquid reactive surface densifier and stain guard treatment c. Joint filler, crack and spall repair products

D. Pre-Certified Installers

All bidding contractors must have completed our in house certification for this project. Below is a list of pre-approved applicators.

Company Name Number

1) American Concrete Inc. 877-775-0030 2) Budget Maintenance Concrete 610-323-7702 3) Diama-Shield 888-730-4075 4) Industrial Restoration & Coatings 801-866-9896 5) Jeffco Concrete Contractors 800-226-2668 6) K & J Concrete Polishing 865-971-1760 7) Pacific Decorative Concrete 888-776-1111 8) Preferred Global 800-317-2450 9) Premier Concrete Construction 603-654-2471

**Refer to specifications Division 1 for substitution qualifications. Any potential contractor substitution must have their complete submittal package submitted in writing through a General Contractor a minimum of 10 days prior to bid date to the AAFES Contracting Officer for review and approval.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act

Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAGs) for Buildings and Facilities; Final Guidelines, revisions, and updates for static coefficient of friction for walkway surfaces.

2. Environmental Requirements: Comply with current Federal and local toxicity and air quality regulations and with Federal requirements on content of lead, mercury, and other heavy metals. Do not use solvents in floor polish products that contribute to air pollution or impact food quality.

B. Pre-installation Meeting:

1. General contractor shall schedule and convene a pre-installation meeting at the project site at the start of

installation of polished concrete floor system.

2. Meeting to occur only after review and approval of required Sub-contractor submittals and completion of test panel mock-up, including specified grinding, polishing and dye, joint filling, spall and crack repairs, and specified overall gloss values.

3. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this section, including:

a. AAFES Project Manager b. AAFES Store Manager of Assistant Manager c. Project Architect d. Owner’s Polishing Consultant


e. General Contractor f. Polishing Subcontractor including Project Manager and Foreman

4. Meeting agenda to include (but not limited to): Review of existing conditions, surface preparation, system

installations, field quality control, protection, environmental requirements, coordination with other work, controls to limit damage from dust and field quality control methods and reporting.

5. No work other than the sample may be started prior to approval of the sample area by the AAFES

project manager or the owners Polishing Consultant.

1.6 MOCK-UP

A. Provide polished concrete floor finish mock-up, a minimum size of 250 square feet, illustrating completed finish including all specified liquid surface treatments and specified gloss levels.

Mock-up should be installed when the contractor is starting the actual work so that the actual crew and equipment doing the project can be guaranteed. A mock-up is the first thing a polishing contractor should do when they arrive on site to begin contracted work.

Mock-up will include at least 10 feet of properly installed joint treatment and correctly repaired surface spalls (if applicable and found in the sample area) per specification section 033540.

Half of the sample area should include completed stain protection application and half should be without stain protection (mechanical processes only) for testing purposes.

The sample should be located along a wall and include at least 10 feet of edge finishing treatment for the purpose of review per specifications.

B. Locate mock-up where directed by the General Contractor.

C. Accepted mock-up will serve as standard to judge quality and workmanship of completed polished concrete floor finish.

D. Accepted mock-up shall remain as part of finished product.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Sequence application of concrete polishing after completion of other construction activities that would be damaging to the completed polished concrete finish.

B. Close areas to traffic during and after floor application for time period recommended in writing by manufacturer.

C. Polished Concrete should be sequenced to complete after final lighting is in operation to allow for a proper installation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT 2.1 EQUIPMENT TO BE USED FOR INSTALLATION

A. Floor Grinder: 1. Machinery manufacturer will be HTC, SASE, Concrete Polishing Solutions, Husqvarna, Diamatic or

PrepMaster. 2. Type: Multi-orbital, planetary-action, opposing-rotational, 3 or 4 diamond-headed floor grinders. 3. Weight: 850 pounds or more. 4. Grinding Pressure: 600 pounds minimum.

B. Dust Extraction System and pre-separator for grinding/polishing:

Heavy-duty industrial HEPA filtration vacuum system, suitable for extracting and containing large quantities of fine concrete dust (minimum 350 CFM air flow) in conjunction with manufacturer recommended pre-separator: 1. HTC 80ID 2. Pullman-Ermator S36


3. SASE Bull 50 4. Substitutions by Approval Only

C. Diamond Tooling for Coating Removal, Initial Grinding, and Preparing Floor for Polishing: Tooling manufacturer

subject to submittal review prior to approval.

1. Metal Bonded Diamonds a. Grit Size: 40, 80, and 150.

*Reference Section 3.3 C

D. Diamond Tooling for Polishing Concrete: 1. Resin Bonded, Phenolic Diamonds a. Grit Size:100, 200, 400, 800 and 1500 or equivalent.

E. Grinding / Polishing Pads for Edges

1. Grit Size: 80, 100, 120, 200, 400, 800, 1500 and 3000. D. Hand Grinder with dust extraction attachment and pads.

E. Joint cutting saw with dust extraction attachment

1. The Mongoose, by Engrave-a-Crete 2. Dust Buggy, by US Saws 3. Hump Back, by Joe Due 4. Substitutions by Approval Only

H. Self-propelled shaver/leveler for slab surface demolition and leveling. 1. SuperShaver, by CPS

2. BMC 335 Shaver, by Diamatic 3. Substitutions by Approval Only

I. High speed propane burnisher 1. Minimum 27 inch head generating pad speeds of 2,500 RPM or higher. J. Diamond Impregnated Burnisher Pads 1. Twister Diamond Cleaning System Pads 2. Diamond Polishing Pads, by Norton 3. SpinFlex Diamond Polishing Pads, by CPS

4. Substitutions by Approval Only 2.3 MATERIALS

A. Penetrating Hardener/Densifier: Clear liquid reactive lithium-silicate based. 1. Retroplate 99 by Advanced Floor Products. 2. Consolideck LS, by Prosoco. 3. FGS Permashine by L&M Construction Chemicals. 4. 3DHS Densifier by AmeriPolish 5. Substitutions by Approval Only

B. Protective Penetrating Surface Treatment (Stain Protection):

1. Retro Pel by Advanced Floor Products 2. Protector SB, by Prosoco. 3. Petrotex by L&M Construction Chemicals. 4. SR2 Stain Protector by AmeriPolish. 5. Substitutions by Approval Only

C. Solvent Based dye (where needed for repairs or per plans)


1. AmeriPolish Classic Acetone Solvent Based Dye 2. Prosoco GemTone Dye (Applied with Acetone ONLY) 2. No Substitutions

D. Joint Filler

1. SL/65 Polyurea in complementary color to match Polished Concrete, by VersaFlex 2. RS65 Polyurea in complementary color to match Polished Concrete, by Metzger McGuire 3. HT-PE65 Polyurea in complementary color to match Polished Concrete, by Hi-Tech Systems 4. Colors to be matched as closely as possible using a chip set match provided by the owners polishing

consultant. Manufacturer to produce product to match this color selection.

E. Low Viscosity Crack and Spall Repair 1. Quick-Mender XO in complementary matching color, by VersaFlex 2. Rapid Refloor in complementary matching color, by Metzger McGuire 3. TX3 in complementary matching color, by Hi-Tech Systems 4. Substitutions be Approval Only 5. Colors to be reviewed and approved by AAFES Project Manager or Polished Concrete Consultant in mock-

up.

F. Wide Area Underlayment Repairs 1. K520 by Ardex Engineered Cements, 2. Topcem Premix by Mapei 3. No Substitutions

G. Wide Area Surface Overlay Repairs 1. K521 by Ardex Engineered Cements, 2. UltraTop PC by Mapei 3. No Substitutions

H. Pin Hole and Surface Pitting Grout Coat 1. Versa-Grout, by VersaFlex 2. TX3 by Hi-Tech 3. SRG by Metzger McGuire 4. Approved Equal 5. Color after application to be reviewed and approved by AAFES Project Manager or Polished Concrete

Consultant in mock-up.

I. Acrylic Sealer 1. CSS Emulsion (25% solids) by Elite Crete 2. H&C Clear Solvent Based Acrylic (25% solids) by Sherwin Williams 3. Approved Equal

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine floor to receive polished concrete floor system.

B. Notify the Project Manager of conditions that would adversely affect installation or subsequent use prior to commencement of polishing.

C. Do not begin surface preparation or installation until conditions are corrected and approved.


3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and adjacent surfaces from the following: 1. Minimal accumulation of dust from grinding and polishing. 2. Contact with overspray of penetrating hardener / densifier. 3. Contact with overspray of protective surface treatment (stain guard)

4. Contact with joint filler, crack or spall repair materials

B. Completely remove existing flooring, mastics, adhesives, self-leveling underlayment fillers, mortar beds and other foreign matter.

C. Remove the top ½ of an inch of existing joint material and replace with approved joint filler and crack repair

products.

D. Clean Surfaces: Remove dirt, dust, debris, oil, grease, curing agents, bond breakers, paint, coatings, and other surface contaminants which could adversely affect installation of polished concrete floor system.

E. Fill concrete joints in accordance with Section 079200.

F. Repair all slab defects and joints in accordance with Section 03 35 40

G. For areas to be prepped and sealed per plans perform one 40 grit grind to remove all glue, mastic or

underlayment’s on the surface. Clean the surface well prior to installation of sealer.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install polished concrete floor system in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions at locations indicated on the Drawings.

B. Aggregate Exposure:

1. Fine Aggregate: Mottled salt-and-pepper aggregate exposure.

C. Overlay Placement

1. In areas where tile and mud bed are to be removed, use manufacturer approved underlayment product to fill to ½” of the level surface.

2. Follow manufacturers instructions for preparation & priming. 3. Install approved overlayment on the top ½” of the area. 4. Grind & polish to meet specification requirements.

D. Polished Concrete Floor System

1. Open Slab Surface: a. As required to provide a uniform final polish or removal of existing floor coatings, begin grinding with

40 or 80-grit metal bond. Bids shall be based on starting initial cut with 40-grit metal diamonds. Expose coarse concrete aggregate when required to reach lows spots within floor surface.

b. Review condition of floor with AAFES Project Manager. Obtain approval from AAFES Project Manager if large coarse aggregate is required to be exposed to remove existing coatings, floor underlayment or slab deficiencies. Variations to the precise grinding, densifying, polishing and stain guard application are anticipated, but must be discussed and approved in writing by the AAFES Project Manager prior to executing the work.

c. Progressive edge grinding will be necessary with ½” of all vertical abutments, including walls, cases, columns, posts and racking systems.

d. Joint filler shall be flush with surface after grinding and polishing steps. Additional passes along curled joints may be necessary to even the surfaces and remove joint filler chatter.


2. Remove metal-bonded diamond scratches by grinding with progressively finer metal-bonded diamonds, up to

metal bond 150-grit.

3. Apply densifier a. Apply to the point of rejection to ensure complete acceptance of the densifier product at the

recommended step per manufacturer’s recommendations.

4. Floor Polishing: a. Remove 150-grit metal-bonded diamond scratches by grinding with a transitional diamond per

manufacturers recommendation b. Remove transitional resin-bonded diamond scratches by grinding with 100-grit resin-bonded diamonds. c. Remove 100-grit resin-bonded diamond scratches by grinding with 200-grit resin-bonded diamonds. d. Remove 200-grit resin-bonded diamond scratches by grinding with 400-grit resin-bonded diamonds. e. Remove 400-grit resin-bonded diamond scratches by grinding with 800-grit resin-bonded diamonds. f. Remove 800-grit resin-bonded diamond scratches by grinding with 1500-grit resin-bonded diamonds.

5. Apply stain guard

a. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s published instructions. b. Apply first coat per manufacturer’s recommendation (DO NOT OVER APPLY). c. Use applicator pad, pre-wetted with stain guard, to pull material out to create a thin film prior to drying. d. Remove product completely from areas of over application, as evidenced by surface streaking, and

replace with unused stain guard. e. Apply second coat of stain guard per manufacturer’s instructions.

6. High speed burnish:

a. After each application of stain guard is dry, burnish surface. b. Burnish using approved pads, at a slow movement pace using high speed machine with 800 grit diamond

impregnated pads as required to achieve specified gloss requirements. c. Burnish with several passes. Make each progressive pass at 90 degrees from previous pass.

7. Clean & Seal: In areas designated per plans to be clean and seal only, remove all surface glue, mastics and any

underlayments. Fill joints and then seal the floor using two coats of an acrylic solvent based sealer with 25% solids. Insure that there are no roller marks are patterns in the sealer placement. Contact the architect or the owners consultant if you have any additional questions.

E. Penetrating Dye

1. Mix dye in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions for use in blending and matching patches or concrete pour backs that are a significantly lighter color than the main slab.

F. Exchange Logo

1. Where indicated on drawings install a dyed Exchange logo. Colors are to be as follows a. Blue area is to be AmeriPolish Classic Patriot Blue b. Red 1 is to be AmeriPolish Classic Sepia c. Red 2 is to be sprayed with two colors. First is a 20% strength AmeriPolish Classic Black. The second

color is to be 100% strength AmeriPolish Classic Sepia. 2. The logo is to be laid out using a stencil to allow for color change without the use of decorative score lines.

a. Approved stencil manufacturer is FloorMap Stencil Design. 3. All color transitions are to be installed with clean lines and no bleed.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect completed polished concrete floor system with the Concrete Consultant, Contractor, and Installer.


B. Review procedures with Contracting Officer to correct unacceptable areas of completed polished concrete floor

system. C. Specular Gloss/Reflectance, ASTM D 523:

1. Perform polishing and burnishing work necessary to produce a Specified Overall Gloss Value (SOGV) ≥ 50 prior to applying protective surface treatment, SOGV ≥ 55 after applying protective surface treatment, Minimum Local Gloss Value (MLGV) ≥ 40 after applying protective surface treatment as measured using a Horiba IG-320 60 Degree Gloss Checker.

2. Gloss shall be considered as a quantitative value that expresses the degree of reflection when light hits the concrete floor surface. Gloss measurements will be taken independent of ambient lighting and will be taken within a sealed measurement window located beneath the test unit.

3. Collects 12 readings minimum per 10,000 square feet or less, throw out low and high measurements and average remaining measurements. Average shall exceed SOGV. No single measurement on standard concrete areas shall be less than MLGV.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect completed polished concrete floor system from damage until Substantial Completion. 1. Do not allow vehicle and pedestrian traffic on unprotected floor. 2. Do not allow construction materials, equipment, and tools on unprotected floor. 3. Prohibit parking of vehicles on concrete slab.

4. If construction equipment must be used for application, diaper components that might drip oil, hydraulic fluid, or other liquids.

5. No tire embedments (rocks, nails, screws, etc.) that will scratch or pit slab surface. 6. Prohibit pipe cutting using pipe cutting machinery on concrete slab. 7. Prohibit temporary placement and storage of steel members on concrete slab. 8. Prohibit acids and acidic detergents from contacting concrete surfaces. 9. Cover concrete floors with drop cloths or use breathable drop cloths during painting. If paint is spilled on

concrete floor, remove paint immediately. 10. Protect slab surface from standing moisture for 72 hours to prevent re-emulsification of surface treatment prior

to cure.

B. Immediately remove mortar splatter, spilled liquids, oil, grease, paint, coatings, and other surface contaminants which could adversely affect completed polished concrete floor system.

C. Repair damaged areas of completed polished concrete floor system to satisfaction of Contracting Officer.

END OF SECTION


SECTION 03 35 40

INTERIOR CONCRETE SLAB REPAIRS AND JOINT FILLER REPLACEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Joint filler removal and replacement, with or without metal keyway.

2. Spalled joint repair or joint with metal keyway (less than 3/4”)

3. Spalled joint repair, joint with metal keyway or self-leveling compound removal (equal to or greater than

3/4”)

4. Crack repair.

5. Surface defect repair, including pop-outs, spalls, and gouges.

6. Surface embed repair, including cleanouts, in-floor electrical outlets and Walker Duct access holes.

7. Large area surface repair, existing underlayment removal/replacement and delamination repair.

8. Grout coat surface enhancement, including air voids, micro-pin holes, pitting and other shallow surface deficiencies.

9. Full Grind, Densify and Polish portions of the project not currently indicated on the drawings.

10. Unit Price Repair Worksheet for estimating and bidding purposes. All prospective bidders must include a

completed worksheet included at the end of this specification as part of their bid package. Any bid provided without a completed worksheet may be subject to rejection.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Procedures for Submittals.

B. Joint Filler Installer Qualification Certification: 1. Submit letter of certification, identifying specific individuals that are currently certified installers of the

specified materials and are familiar with proper procedures and installation methods as required by the specified product manufacturers.

C. Product data for: 1. All products used for repair of existing concrete slab defects.


A. AAFES reserves the right to engage the services of a Concrete Consultant to review, observe and inspect the work in progress.

1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Limit and control damage from excessive dust caused by demolition, preparation, and installation of all Work.

B. Limit and control damage from moisture.

Ft. Rucker, AL Image Update Section 033540 11/22/20 Page 2 of 8

C. All replaced concrete shall be cured a minimum of 21 calendar days prior to joint filler installation.

D. Concrete repair area shall be closed to traffic during preparation and repair for a time as recommended by manufacturer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS and EQUIPMENT

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Polyurea Joint Filler: Rapid setting, two-component polyurea polymer liquid of 100% solids content, Shore hardness in the 60’s, compatible with construction materials in contact. 1. Colors to be reviewed and approved by AAFES Project Manager or owners Concrete Consultant in mock-

up.

B. Low Viscosity Crack and Spall Repair: 1. Material provided by the same manufacturer as the joint fill matched to the same color. 2. Colors to be reviewed and approved by AAFES Project Manager or owners Concrete Consultant in mock-

up.

C. Wide Area Surface Repairs 1. K521 by Ardex 2. UltraTop PC by Mapei 3. No Substitutions 4. Color after installation to be reviewed and approved by AAFES Project Manager or owners Concrete


D. Pin Hole and Surface Pitting Grout Coat 1. Material provided by the same manufacturer as the joint fill matched to the same color. 2. Color after application to be reviewed and approved by AAFES Project Manager or owners Concrete


2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. Dust extraction system for grinding/sawing: 1. HEPA filtration vacuum, designed for use with all hand tools when grinding or sawing concrete (minimum

125CFM air flow). 2. Provide one of the following:

a. Provided by the same manufacturer and made for the grinding equipment. b. Approved equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. An evaluation of the existing floor slab shall be conducted, identifying all defects. Scope of repairs shall be confirmed by the AAFES Project Manager, Architect of Record, or owners Concrete Consultant prior to commencement of work. Identify scope of work on Floor Polishing Plan specified in other section(s) of Division 3 – Concrete.

B. Repairs are not to be conducted until Unit Price in attached Worksheet has been reviewed and approved by the AAFES Contracting Officer.

C. Repairs exceeding the Estimated Scope of Repairs developed in the attached Worksheet and included in the Base Bid must be approved by the AAFES Contracting Officer prior to executing the work in any new Phase.


3.2 PREPARATION

A. Protect surface of slab immediately adjacent to defect under repair.

3.3 JOINT MILLING AND CAP FILLER REPLACEMENT

A. If existing joint filler is sound and resting on top of saw cut shelf, mill top 1/2” of material and refill with specified Polyurea joint filler. 1. Re-saw the joint to a minimum depth of 1/2” with a dry-cut, vacuum-equipped saw using a slightly

oversized blade. The blade width should be sufficient to encapsulate the widest spall along a given contraction joint segment to produce a sharp corner on each side of the joint with a minimum of two passes through the joint.

2. Refill with polyurea joint filler material from the bottom up, taking care not to entrap large air bubbles per manufacturer’s recommendation. Slightly overfill and shave flush to the surface after the grinding process has been completed.

3. Ensure that after grinding, the joint is cut smooth and flush with the finish floor surface, without concave or intermittent, darkened profile.

3.4 FULL DEPTH JOINT FILLER REPLACEMENT

A. If existing joint filler is loose, easily removed, or able to be forced downward with a hand tool, remove all filler material from joint and refill. 1. Re-saw joint full depth with a dry-cut, vacuum-equipped saw using a slightly oversized blade. The blade

width should be sufficient to encapsulate the widest spall along a given contraction joint segment to produce a sharp corner on each side of the joint with a minimum of two passes through the joint. Remove all filler material, debris, and laitance.

2. Refill with polyurea joint filler material from the bottom up, taking care not to entrap large air bubbles per manufacturer’s recommendation. Slightly overfill and shave flush to the surface prior to grinding process.

3. Ensure that after grinding, the joint is cut smooth and flush with the finish floor surface, without concave or intermittent, darkened profile.

Before After

1/2" min.new filler

Orginal materialbearing onsaw cut shelf

Before After

Fill to Bottomof Original

Saw Cut

Note: if shelf width at base of saw cut is less than 1/4" on either side of joint, minimum required filler depth is 2" placed over compressibel backer rod or bagged silica sand.

Saw cut shelf


3.5 NARROW SPALLED JOINT REPAIR OR JOINT WITH METAL KEYWAY (LESS THAN ¾”)

Existing Joint

Various Stages of Joint Breakdown

As Reqd., 3/4" Max.

Sawcut & Remove Concrete

3/4" Depth

A. For joints that are spalled, are constructed with metal keys or have radius tooled edges not exceeding 3/4” in width at slab surface. 1. Re-saw the joint edge to a minimum depth of 3/4” with a dry-cut, vacuum-equipped saw allowing removal

of the widest spall (or top of radius) along a given joint segment to produce a sharp corner on each side of the joint with a minimum of two passes through joint.

2. Clean joint of loose concrete, metal key fragments, joint filler, laitance, dirt, debris, backer rod, etc. 3. Joints must be free of all visible moisture. 4. Ensure filler penetrates the irregular aggregate interlock portion of the sawn contraction joint as shown

below, re-establishing the aggregate interlock that may have been lost due to shrinkage, curling, and lack of reinforcement.

5. Fill joint cavity with specified Polyurea joint filler per manufacturer’s instructions, taking care not to entrap large air bubbles. Overfill joint slightly and shave flush to slab surface after the grinding process has been completed.

3.6 WIDE SPALLED JOINT REPAIR (EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN ¾”)

A. For joints that are spalled, contain metal key or self-leveling floor material where the damage equals or exceeds 3/4” in width at slab surface. 1. Re-saw the joint edge to a minimum depth of 1/4” with a dry-cut, vacuum-equipped shaver/leveler

allowing removal of the widest spall or non-linear keyway along a given joint segment to produce a sharp corner on each side of the joint with a minimum of two passes through joint. Maintain consistent width of repair to within 1/4” in 10 feet.

2. All cuts should be clean straight edges running parallel to the existing joint. If multiple small repair areas are adjacent to each other, create one larger repair that encompasses the issues in one area.

3. Overfill repair cavity with overlay material per manufacturer’s instructions and grind flush to slab surface. 4. After repair has cured, and prior to any traffic on patched surface, re-saw original slab joint(s) 1/2” in depth

to honor joint and fill full depth with Polyurea joint filler per manufacturer’s instructions.


3.7 CRACK REPAIR

A. Crack width less than 1/32” without surface spalling. 1. Do not repair. 2. Grout coat may be used to fill thin hairline deficiencies.

B. Cracks from 1/32” to 1/4" in width. 1. Clean crack cavity. 2. Remove loose concrete, dirt and debris from crack with a wire brush or hand grinder with twisted wire

wheel attachment, 12mm minimum depth, insuring crack sidewall is clean. 3. Remove any loose segments, including islands formed by crack, with sharp tool. 4. Use methods that will not widen existing crack. 5. Vacuum crack to remove all dirt, debris and other laitance. 6. Mask slab surface along crack as necessary to minimize overfill. 7. Choose material color that closely matches the adjacent floor. 8. Install low viscosity crack and spall repair material in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 9. Repeat until all voids are filled and material crowns slab surface.

a. Do not flood area around crack. b. Watch for bubble formation and out gassing. c. Do not allow material to gel before adding additional material.

10. Shave or grind material flush to surface as stipulated by manufacturer.

3.8 SURFACE SPALLING REPAIR

A. For slab surface that is chipped and spalled, where the deficiency is 1/4" in length or width up to 3 inches in length or width, by 1/2" in depth. 1. Route edge of spall to provide 6mm deep square edge or 30° edge (consult manufacturer’s data sheet for

specific surface preparation instructions).

FLOOR JOINT

SLAB SURFACE SPALL


2. Use small hand grinder with a dry diamond blade and vacuum system attachment. 3. Do not overcut slots into existing slab surface. 4. Clean and prep spalled cavity. 5. Wire brush spalled surface to remove all dirt and laitance. 6. Mask slab at perimeter of spall with tape. 7. Install Low Viscosity Crack and Spall Repair material. 8. Polish over repair area with diamond disks to blend surface. 9. Feather filler material into the adjacent concrete floor surface. 10. With 2000 grit disk and firm pressure, add a few burn marks to mottle surface to blend with adjacent floor

surface. a. NOTE: For inconsistent, varying spalled joints that comply with the measurements in this section, a

form material may be needed to temporarily form and support the vertical face of spalled joint edge. Ensure that the repair material will not adhere to the form and the rigid repair material does not fuse the joint together.

11. For cleanouts, in-floor electric outlets and Walker Duct access plates, over-core around perimeter of existing embed by 12mm in width and depth, then install Low Viscosity Crack and Spall Repair Material.

3.9 BOLT HOLE, CONDUIT REPAIR

A. For slab surfaces containing surface or sub-surface bolts, bolt-hole voids, conduit or subsurface conduit. 1. Recess steel bolt or conduit a minimum of 1/2" below finish floor by either punching or cutting.

a. Check with General Contractor prior to cutting into active electrical or communication conduit. 2. For spall fractured edges less than 30 degrees, square edge to a minimum 1/4" depth with either a drill bit,

chisel or edge grinder. 3. The repair should be oriented on the closest control joint or wall so that the lines mimic the straight wall or

joint. 4. Clean cavity of all debris and laitance with drill activated, brass wire wheel. Vacuum hole to remove all

dirt, debris and other laitance. 5. Dispense Low Viscosity Crack and Spall Repair at moderate pace using steady pressure. Dispense material

into void, refilling as necessary to produce slight crown. 6. Grind material flush to slab surface per manufacturer’s instructions.

3.10 LARGE SURFACE REPAIR, UNDERLAYMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

A. For slab surfaces containing wide-area irregular rough surfaces greater than 3” in width and length such as irregular coarse aggregate surfaces or surfaces with existing tile or carpet underlayment’s > 1/2" in thickness or surface paste delaminations. 1. Define edge perimeter with diamond masonry wheel or shaver/leveler to produce sharp edge, at least 1/2"

deep. Follow manufacturers recommendations for specific depth. 2. The repair should be oriented on the closest control joint or wall so that the lines mimic the straight wall or

joint. 3. For delaminations test to determine the extent of the delaminated area. From the current edge extend repair

6” in all directions. Define a square or rectangular repair area and create an edge perimeter. Do not overcut into surrounding surface.

4. Roughen base surface using shaver/leveler to ICRI CSP Level 4 and vacuum clean. 5. Wire brush to remove any small loose material and vacuum again. 6. Mix and install overlay material in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 7. Place repair material in floor surface defect, float level or leave slightly proud of existing floor. 8. Grind, color & densify and polish to match adjacent concrete. 9. Re-establish original concrete slab joints by sawing completely through patch and re-filling with Polyurea

joint filler prior to exposure to traffic.


3.11 SMALL SURFACE PITTING, PINHOLE REPAIR, GROUT COAT

A. For surfaces consisting of micro-deficiencies, pin holes, hairline cracks and other surface clutter that impedes the achievement of the specified overall gloss values 1. Clean pitted sections with 90-degree angle grinder equipped with wire wheel to remove all dirt/laitance.

Wheel should be run over defect in multiple directions to ensure proper cleaning. 2. Vacuum prepared pitted sections. 3. Install and disperse grout coat using approved product in accordance with manufacturer’s directions. 4. Ensure a thin, uniform layer of repair material covers the pitted areas. Refill any low spots as needed. 5. Grind or polish flush with metal or resin-bond diamonds, ensuring repair material is flush with slab surface. 6. Repeat repairs in areas as required if repair material pulls out of defects. 7. Apply required applications and polish smooth to meet specified overall gloss values.

3.12 PROTECTION

A. Protect surfaces of finished floor.

B. Prohibit traffic until floor repairs have received final approval by Owner.

ENTER TOTAL AREA TO BE POLISHED: ______________ SQUARE FEET

ITEM AREA FROM

ABOVE MULTIPLIER

TOTAL FROM

MULTIPLIER

UNIT RATE INCLUDED IN

BID

TOTAL COST INCLUDED IN

BID

….. SAMPLE CALCULATION ….. NOT PART OF BID …..

Joint Filler Removal and Replacement 36,000 0.14 5014 LF $2.75 / LF $13,788.50

….. DO NOT INCLUDE SAMPLE CALCULATION COST IN BID …..

1. Joint Filler Removal and Replacement ________ 0.14 ________ LF $________ / LF $__________

2. Spalled joint repair or joint with metal keyway (less than 3/4”) ________ 0.08 ________ LF $________ / LF $__________

3. Spalled joint repair, joint with metal keyway or self-leveling compound removal (great than 3/4”) $________ / LF

4. Crack repair ________ 0.03 ________ LF $________ / LF $__________

SLAB SURFACE PITTING


5a. Surface defect repair, including pop-outs, spalls, and gouges 3/4 – 1-1/2” DIA ________ 0.025 ____ UNITS $_______ / EA $__________

5b. Surface defect repair, including pop-outs, spalls, and gouges 1.1/2 - 3” DIA ________ 0.025 ____ UNITS $_______ / EA $__________

6. Surface embed repair, including cleanouts, in-floor electrical outlets and Walker Duct access holes. ________ 0.001 ____ UNITS $_______ / EA $__________

7. Large surface repair, existing underlayment removal and replacement with 1/2" Polished Overlay. $________ / SF

8. Grout coat surface enhancement, including micro-pin holes, pitting and other shallow surface deficiencies ________ 0.1 _______ SF $________ / SF $__________

9. Full Grind, Densify, Dye and Polish portions of the project not currently indicated on the drawings. $________ / SF

10. Add all relevant columns to create an estimated total for projected repairs

Totals for columns 1, 2, 4, 5a, 5b, 6 & 8

$____________

**The Worksheet above is to be included in the bid.**

END OF SECTION


SECTION 08 33 26

OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes electrically operated overhead coiling grilles.

1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Operation Cycle: One complete cycle of a grille begins with the grille in the closed position. The grille is

then moved to the open position and back to the closed position. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Operation-Cycle Requirements: Design overhead coiling grille components and operator to operate for

not less than 20,000 cycles. B. Seismic Performance: Overhead coiling grilles shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions

determined according to SEI/ASCE 7.

1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."

2. Seismic Component Importance Factor: 1.0. 1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type and size of overhead coiling grille and accessory. Include details of

construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes. Provide roughing-in diagrams, operating instructions, and maintenance information. Include the following: 1. Setting drawings, templates, and installation instructions for built-in or embedded anchor devices. 2. Summary of forces and loads on walls and jambs. 3. Motors: Show nameplate data and ratings; characteristics; mounting arrangements; size and

location of winding termination lugs, conduit entry, and grounding lug; and coatings. B. Shop Drawings: For special components and installations not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's

data sheets. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems. Differentiate between

manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring and between components provided by grille manufacturer and those provided by others.

C. Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified

requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is an authorized representative of the

overhead coiling grille manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain overhead coiling grilles through one source from a single manufacturer.


1. Obtain operators and controls from the overhead coiling grille manufacturer. C. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated fixtures specified in this Section that are listed and

labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Alpine Overhead Doors, Inc. 2. Atlas Door Corp.; Div. of Clopay Building Products Co. 3. The Cookson Company. 4. Cornell Iron Works, Inc. 5. Dynamic Closures (1995) LTD. 6. Mahon Door Corp. 7. McKeon Rolling Steel Door Company, Inc. 8. Metro Door. 9. Overhead Door Corporation. 10. Pacific Rolling Door Co. 11. Raynor Garage Doors. 12. Wayne-Dalton Corp. 13. Windsor Door; A United Dominion Company.

2.2 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLE CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION

A. General: Fabricate overhead coiling grille curtain consisting of a network of 5/16-inch- (8-mm-)

minimum diameter horizontal rods, or rods covered with tube spacers, spaced as indicated. Interconnect rods by vertical links approximately 5/8 inch (16 mm) wide, spaced as indicated and rotating on rods. 1. Space rods at approximately 2 inches (51 mm) o.c. 2. Space links in line at approximately 9 inches (228 mm) apart. 3. Aluminum Grilles: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy and temper recommended by aluminum

producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. B. Endlocks: Continuous end links, chains, or other devices at ends of rods, locking and retaining grille

curtain in guides against excessive pressures, maintaining curtain alignment, and preventing lateral movement.

C. Bottom Bar: Manufacturer's standard continuous channel, tubular shape, or 2 angles, finished to match

grille. 1. Astragal: Provide a replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible gasket of flexible vinyl,

rubber, or neoprene, between angles or fitted to shape, as a cushion bumper for interior grille. 2. Provide motor-operated grilles with combination bottom astragal and sensor edge.

D. Curtain Jamb Guides: Manufacturer's standard extruded-aluminum shape having curtain groove with return lips or bars to retain curtain. Provide continuous integral wear strips to prevent metal-to-metal contact and minimize noise of travel. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain.


2.3 HOODS AND ACCESSORIES A. Push/Pull Handles: For push-up-operated or emergency-operated grilles, provide lifting handles on each

side of grille. B. Fabricate locking device assembly with lock, spring-loaded dead bolt, operating handle, cam plate, and

adjustable locking bar to engage through slots in tracks. 1. Locking Bars: Single-jamb side, operable from inside and outside. 2. Provide electric interlock to prevent operation when locks are engaged in tracks.

C. Where grille unit is power operated, provide safety interlock switch to disengage power supply when

grille is locked. 2.4 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM

A. General: Counterbalance grille by means of adjustable-tension steel helical torsion spring, mounted

around a steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel connected to the curtain. Use grease-sealed bearings or self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members.

B. Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot-formed, structural-quality, welded or seamless

carbon-steel pipe, of sufficient diameter and wall thickness to support rolled-up curtain without distortion of curtain and to limit barrel deflection to not more than 0.03 in./ft. (2.5 mm/m) of span under full load.

C. Provide spring balance of one or more oil-tempered, heat-treated steel helical torsion springs. Size

springs to counterbalance weight of curtain, with uniform adjustment accessible from outside barrel. Provide cast-steel barrel plugs to secure ends of springs to barrel and shaft.

D. Fabricate torsion rod for counterbalance shaft of case-hardened steel, sized to hold fixed spring ends and

carry torsional load. E. Brackets: Provide mounting brackets of manufacturer's standard design, either cast-iron or cold-rolled

steel plate. 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for

recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if

they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for

designating aluminum finishes. B. Class II, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A31 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated;

Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class II, clear coating 0.010 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 607.1.


2.7 ELECTRIC GRILLE OPERATORS

A. General: Provide electric grille operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by grille manufacturer for grille and operational life specified, with electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls, starter, gear-reduction unit, solenoid-operated brake, clutch, remote-control stations, control devices, integral gearing for locking grille, and accessories required for proper operation.

B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Disconnect Device: Provide hand-operated disconnect or mechanism for automatically engaging sprocket-

chain operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation while disconnecting motor, without affecting timing of limit switch. Mount disconnect and operator so they are accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged.

D. Design operator so motor may be removed without disturbing limit-switch adjustment and without

affecting emergency auxiliary operator. E. Provide control equipment complying with NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 6, with NFPA

70 Class 2 control circuit, maximum 24-V, ac or dc. F. Grille-Operator Type: Provide wall-, hood-, or bracket-mounted, jackshaft, gear-head hoist-type grille

operator unit consisting of electric motor, enclosed worm-gear running-in-oil primary drive, chain and sprocket secondary drive, and auxiliary chain hoist and floor level disconnect.

G. Electric Motors: Provide high-starting torque, reversible, continuous-duty, Class A insulated, electric

motors, complying with NEMA MG 1, with overload protection, sized to start, accelerate, and operate grille in either direction, from any position, at not less than 2/3 fps (0.2 m/s) and not more than 1 fps (0.3 m/s), without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor.

1. Type: Polyphase, medium-induction type. 2. Service Factor: According to NEMA MG 1, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Coordinate wiring requirements and electric characteristics of motors with building electrical

system. 4. Provide open dripproof-type motor, and controller with NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure. 5. Provide 208V three phase motor.

H. Remote-Control Station: Provide momentary-contact, key switch with key position indicators for open,

close and stop. 1. Provide interior and exterior units, recessed, heavy-duty type. Grill needs to be operable from

either inside or outside the store. I. Obstruction Detection Device: Provide each motorized grille with indicated external automatic safety

sensor able to protect full width of grille opening. Activation of sensor immediately stops and reverses downward grille travel. 1. Sensor Edge: Provide each motorized grille with an automatic safety sensor edge, located within

astragal or weather stripping mounted to bottom bar. Contact with sensor immediately stops and reverses downward grille travel. Connect to control circuit using manufacturer's standard take-up reel or self-coiling cable.

a. Provide electrically actuated automatic bottom bar. 1) Self-Monitoring Type: Provide self-monitoring, 4-wire configured device.

J. Limit Switches: Provide adjustable switches, interlocked with motor controls and set to automatically stop

grille at fully opened and fully closed positions.


K. Emergency Egress Release: Provide grille with flush, wall-mounted handle mechanism, for ADA-compliant egress feature, not dependent on electric power, which allows grille to open to permit passage and automatically resets motor drive, without affecting limit switches, with return of handle to original position.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install grilles and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, according to Shop

Drawings, manufacturer's written instructions, and as specified. 3.2 ADJUSTING

A. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust grilles to operate easily, free from warp, twist, or distortion

and fitting tight for entire perimeter. 3.3 EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE

A. Recycling: Separate and recycle all waste materials in accordance with the Contractor's waste

management plan and to the extent economically feasible. This includes metal banding, pallets, and other shipping materials in addition to waste resulting from installation operations.

3.4 DEMONSTRATION

A. Startup Services: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup services and to

train AAFES' maintenance personnel as specified below. 1. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and

equipment. 2. Train AAFES' maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and

shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventive maintenance, and procedures for testing and resetting release devices.

3. Review data in the maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout." 4. Schedule training with AAFES with at least 7 days' advance notice.


Ft. Rucker, AL Image Update Section 087100 02/27/20

Page 1 of 11 Addendum #2

SECTION 08 71 00

DOOR HARDWARE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. This Section includes items known commercially as finish or door hardware that are required for swing,

sliding, and folding doors, except special types of unique hardware specified in the same sections as the

doors and door frames on which they are installed.


A. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 8 Section "Hollow Metal Steel Doors and Frames" for hardware used with hollow metal

frames.

1.4 REFERENCES

A. AWI (Architectural Woodwork Institute) – Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards

B. BHMA (Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association)

C. DHI (Door and Hardware Institute)

D. NFPA 80 – Fire Doors and Windows

E. NFPA 101 – Life Safety Code

F. NFPA 252 – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies

G. UL 10B – Safety Fire Tests of Door Assemblies

1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification

sections.

1. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on hardware indicated, organize schedule into "hardware

sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the

following information:

a. Type, style, function, size, and finish of each hardware item.

b. Name and manufacturer of each item.

c. Fastenings and other pertinent information.

d. Location of each hardware set cross referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans

and in door and frame schedule.

e. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.

f. Mounting locations for hardware.

g. Door and frame sizes and materials.



1.6 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT

A. Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements and inspection procedures

related to preventative maintenance.

B. Keys: Deliver with identifying tags to local facility EXCHANGE General Manager by security shipment

direct from hardware supplier.


A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from

a single manufacturer.

B. Supplier Qualifications: A recognized architectural door hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities in

the Project's vicinity, that has a record of successful in-service performance for supplying door hardware

similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project and that employs an experienced

architectural hardware consultant (AHC) who is available to Owner, Architect, and Contractor, at

reasonable times during the course of the Work, for consultation.

C. Fire-Rated Openings: Provide door hardware for fire-rated openings that complies with NFPA Standard

No. 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardware that are

listed and are identical to products tested by UL, Warnock Hersey, FM, or other testing and inspecting

organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on types and sizes of doors indicated in

compliance with requirements of fire-rated door and door frame labels. If automatic self-latching bolts,

coordinators, and astragals are required they shall be furnished.

D. Submit fire test data showing compliance with UBC Std. 7-2 and supplemental “S” label requirements.

E. Hardware: Coordinate products used during fire tests meeting UBC 7-2 and ICBO AC84, including

component gasket system for “S” labeled openings. All hardware must provide an acceptable means of

egress to the Building Official.

1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Tag each item, or package separately, with identification related to final hardware schedule, and include

basic installation instructions with each item or package.

B. Deliver all hardware to the General Contractor in a timely manner to ensure orderly progress of the total

work.

C. The General Contractor shall receive, take charge of, and distribute hardware at the building. General

Contractor shall provide and arrange temporary shelving for the storage of all hardware.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following.

Submittals for approved substitutions must be received no later than 10 days before bid date. Only requests

for substitutions submitted by a distributor firm will be considered. No substitutions will be allowed after

bid opening.



1. Hinges: Unless otherwise noted provide 5-knuckle, button tip, full mortise template type butts with

non-rising pins, plain or ball-bearing as indicated. Provide non-removable pins for all out-swinging

doors with locksets.

a. Bommer Industries, Inc.

b. Hager Hinge Co.

c. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand

d. McKinney Products Co.

f. Stanley Hardware, Div. Stanley Works.

2. Key Control System:

a. Key Control Systems, Inc.

b. Telkee Inc.

3. Locks: Locks and latches shall be full mortise type 1000, grade 1, in accordance with BHMA/ANSI

A156.13 All locks shall be have 6-pin interchangeable cores. All cylinders shall be provided with

temporary construction cores.

a. Best Access Systems

b. Falcon Lock, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group

c. Arrow Lock, Div. Assa Abloy Group

4. Cipher Locks:

a. Kaba-Simplex

5. Cylinders:

a. Best Access Systems

b. Falcon Lock, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group

c. Arrow Lock, Div. Assa Abloy Group

6. Bolts:

a. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco)

b. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group

c. Rockwood Mfg. Company

7. Overhead Closers / Auto. Operators:

a. LCN Closers, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group

b. Norton Door Closers, Div. Yale Security Group



8. Door Control Devices:

a. Rockwood Mfg. Company


c. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco).

9. Door Trim Units:




10. Kick, Mop, and Armor Plates:




11. Door Stripping and Seals:

a. National Guard Products, Inc.

b. Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc.

c. Reese Enterprises, Inc.

12. Thresholds:




13. Automatic Drop Seals:




14. Astragals:




15. Exit Devices: Exit devices shall be modern style ANSI A156.3 grade 1.

a. Von Duprin, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Hardware Group

b. Sargent, Div. Assa Abloy

c. Precision Hardware, Inc.



2.2 SCHEDULED HARDWARE

A. Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish

hardware are indicated in the "Hardware Schedule" at the end of this Section. Products are identified by

using hardware designation numbers of the following:

1. Butts and Hinges: Stanley Hardware

2. Locks: Best Access Systems unless otherwise specified

3. Exit/Panic Devices: Von Duprin, Div Ingersoll-Rand Hardware Group

4. Push/Pull Units: Rockwood Mfg. Co.

5. Overhead Closers: LCN Closers, Div Ingersoll-Rand Hardware Group

6. Door Controls: Glynn-Johnson, Div Ingersoll-Rand Hardware Group

7. Door Controls: Ives, Div Ingersoll-Rand Hardware Group

8. Door Stripping and Seals: Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc.

9. Continuous Hinges: Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc.

10. Bolts: Ives, Div Ingersoll-Rand Hardware Group

11. Exit Alarms: Detex Corporation

12. Door Viewers: Du Seung Trading Corporation

2.3 LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING

A. All cylinders shall be keyed by Contractor as directed by Owner, integrated into Grandmaster key system.

B. All cylinders shall be factory keyed and masterkeyed as directed.

C. General keying requirements:

1. Contractor shall provide 5 master keys for each master system.

2. Each key shall be stamped with number and inscription “U.S. Property-Do No Duplicate.”

D. Interior keying requirements:

1. Contractor shall provide 3 keys for each interior lock.

E. Exterior keying requirements:

1. Contractor shall provide at least six keys for each lock. An additional 12 sub-master and six master

keys shall be provided.

F. Provide 50 key blanks in addition to the above keying requirements.

2.4 ELECTRONIC HARDWARE

A. Provide a complete description of how each electronic hardware system should function.

B. Provide complete wiring diagrams, riser drawings and installation instructions for each system.



2.5 HARDWARE SETS

A. Hardware sets indicate quantity, item, manufacturer and product designation, size, and finish or color, as

applicable.

124B - Mechanical

3 Each Hinges FBB179 4.5 x 4.5 US26D NRP

1 Each Lock 45H7D15H US26D

1 Each Wall Stop WS402CCV US26D

1 Each Kickplate 10” x 2” LDW US32D

3 Each Silencer SR64

135A - Womens

3 Each Hinges FBB168 4.5 x 4.5 US26D

1 Each Push 70-F 8 x 16 US32D

1 Each Pull 110-10” US32D

1 Each Closer 4111 Alum Lacq




137A - Mens








202A - Janitor






205A - Mechanical








307B - Mechanical

2 Each Continuous Hinges CFM83HD1

1 Each Exit Device 9947EO US26D

1 Each Exit Device 9975NL US26D

1 Each Cylinder 1E74 US26D


2 Each Floor Stop FS18-S


1 Each Weatherstrip 303AS

2 Each Door Bottom 315CN

1 Each Astragal 357SP X S88D

1 Each Threshold 253X4AFG x Pemkote

1 Each Rain Drip 346C

2 Each Security Switch 1076W

403A – Sanitizing


1 Each Lock 45H7A15H US26D




701A - Mens








702A - Womens








801A – GNC

All Hardware by Door Manufacturer



903A –Back of House






906A –Office






907A – GNC Stock






908A – Training






1001C – PXtra Sales Floor


1001F – PXtra Sales Floor


1005A – Receiving








1005B – Receiving






1007A – Office






1012 – MPA


1012A – MPA













1013A – MPA













1014A – Garden Center

1 Each Cylinder 1E72/1E74 US26D As Required

All Other Hardware by Door Manufacturer



1020A –Storage






1034 - Vestibule



1034A – Storage






1035A – Returns






1036A - Vestibule



1037A - Vestibule



1038A - Vestibule





1039A - Vestibule

2 Each Continuous Hinge CFM83HD1


1 Each Pull BF157 US32D






Weatherseals and Door Bottoms by Door Manufacturer

1040A - Vestibule









Weatherseals and Door Bottoms by Door Manufacturer

1041A - Vestibule






1042A - Vestibule






END SECTION 08 71 00


SECTION 23 11 23

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Pipes, tubes, and fittings. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Piping and tubing joining materials. 4. Valves. 5. Pressure regulators.

1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Minimum Operating-Pressure Ratings:

1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig (690 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated. 2. Service Regulators: 100 psig (690 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Field quality-control reports.

C. Operation and maintenance data.


A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS

A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B.

1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern. 2. Wrought-Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M for butt welding and socket welding. 3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and

threaded ends.


2.2 PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Appliance Flexible Connectors:

1. Indoor, Fixed-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24. 2. Indoor, Movable-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.69. 3. Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75. 4. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with polymer coating. 5. Operating-Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig (3.45 kPa). 6. End Fittings: Zinc-coated steel. 7. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 8. Maximum Length: 72 inches ((1830 mm).)

B. Quick-Disconnect Devices: Comply with ANSI Z21.41.

1. Copper-alloy convenience outlet and matching plug connector. 2. Nitrile seals. 3. Hand operated with automatic shutoff when disconnected. 4. For indoor or outdoor applications. 5. Adjustable, retractable restraining cable.

C. Y-Pattern Strainers:

1. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. 3. Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50 percent

free area. 4. CWP Rating: 125 psig (862 kPa).

D. Weatherproof Vent Cap: Cast- or malleable-iron increaser fitting with corrosion-resistant wire screen, with free area at least equal to cross-sectional area of connecting pipe and threaded-end connection.

2.3 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.

B. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.

C. Brazing Filler Metals: Alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F (540 deg C) complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. Brazing alloys containing more than 0.05 percent phosphorus are prohibited.

2.4 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES

A. See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services.

B. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33.

1. CWP Rating: 125 psig (862 kPa). 2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 3. Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.3.


4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.

5. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch (25 mm) and smaller.

6. Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) to NPS 2 (DN 50) shall have initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body.

C. Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110.

1. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 2. Ball: Chrome-plated bronze. 3. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. 4. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. 5. Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing. 6. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve

Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 7. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). 8. Listing: Valves NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to

authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

D. Bronze Plug Valves: MSS SP-78.

1. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 2. Plug: Bronze. 3. Ends: Threaded, socket, as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and

"Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 4. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. 5. Pressure Class: 125 psig (862 kPa). 6. Listing: Valves NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to

authorities having jurisdiction. 7. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. 8. .

E. Valve Boxes:

1. Cast-iron, two-section box. 2. Top section with cover with "GAS" lettering. 3. Bottom section with base to fit over valve and barrel a minimum of 5 inches (125 mm) in

diameter. 4. Adjustable cast-iron extensions of length required for depth of bury. 5. Include tee-handle, steel operating wrench with socket end fitting valve nut or flat head, and with

stem of length required to operate valve.

2.5 MOTORIZED GAS VALVES

A. Electrically Operated Valves: Comply with UL 429.

1. Pilot operated. 2. Body: Brass or aluminum. 3. Seats and Disc: Nitrile rubber. 4. Springs and Valve Trim: Stainless steel. 5. 120-V ac, 60 Hz, Class B, continuous-duty molded coil, and replaceable. 6. NEMA ICS 6, Type 4, coil enclosure.


7. Normally closed. 8. Visual position indicator.

2.6 EARTHQUAKE VALVES

A. Earthquake Valves: Comply with ASCE 25.

1. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Maximum Operating Pressure: 5 psig (34.5 kPa). 3. Cast-aluminum body with nickel-plated chrome steel internal parts. 4. Nitrile-rubber valve washer. 5. Sight windows for visual indication of valve position. 6. Threaded end connections complying with ASME B1.20.1. 7. Wall mounting bracket with bubble level indicator.

2.7 PRESSURE REGULATORS

A. General Requirements:

1. Single stage and suitable for natural gas. 2. Steel jacket and corrosion-resistant components. 3. Elevation compensator. 4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller.

B. Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80.

1. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 2. Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable. 3. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel. 4. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. 5. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 6. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon. 7. Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure

inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. 8. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150

percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. 9. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. 10. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless-steel screen in opening if not connected to

vent piping. 11. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 5 psig (34.5 kPa).

C. Appliance Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.18.

1. Body and Diaphragm Case: Die-cast aluminum. 2. Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable. 3. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel. 4. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber. 5. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon. 6. Factory-Applied Finish: Minimum three-layer polyester and polyurethane paint finish. 7. Regulator may include vent limiting device, instead of vent connection, if approved by authorities

having jurisdiction. 8. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 5 psig (34.5 kPa).


2.8 DIELECTRIC UNIONS

A. Minimum Operating-Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1034 kPa).

B. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials.

C. Insulating materials suitable for natural gas.

D. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed-joint, plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials.

2.9 SLEEVES

A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends.

B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.

2.10 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve.

1. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe and sleeve.

2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel or Stainless steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating or Stainless steel of

length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one nut and bolt for each sealing element.

2.11 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches (750 mm) deep; colored yellow.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NFPA 54 or the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping.

B. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

C. Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel or cast-iron pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.


D. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

E. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each service regulator.

3.2 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NFPA 54 or the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping.

B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.

C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.

D. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

E. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

F. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

G. Locate valves for easy access.

H. Install natural-gas piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps.

I. Install piping free of sags and bends.

J. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

K. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."

L. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

M. Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas-fired appliances and equipment for roughing-in requirements.

N. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service-meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing.

1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm) long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap.


O. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap.

P. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view.

Q. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down.

R. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.

S. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment.

T. Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode.

U. Install strainer on inlet of each line-pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated valve.

V. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each line regulator.

3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION

A. Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless-steel tubing or copper connector.

B. Install underground valves with valve boxes.

C. Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing.

D. Install earthquake valves aboveground outside buildings according to listing.

3.4 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.

B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

C. Threaded Joints:

1. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1. 2. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. 3. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe. 4. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal threading is

specified. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged.

Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

D. Welded Joints:

1. Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators.

2. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.


3. Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction.

E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter.

F. Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in flare dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, then use wrench. Do not overtighten.

3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:

1. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches (2438 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm).

2. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): Maximum span, 108 inches (2743 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm).

3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): Maximum span, 108 inches (2743 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm).

B. Install hangers for horizontal, corrugated stainless-steel tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:

1. NPS 3/8 (DN 10): Maximum span, 48 inches (1220 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 2. NPS 1/2 (DN 15): Maximum span, 72 inches (1830 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 3. NPS 3/4 (DN 20) and Larger: Maximum span, 96 inches (2440 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch

(10 mm).

3.6 CONNECTIONS

A. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances.

B. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches (1800 mm) of each gas-fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment.

C. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance.

3.7 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

A. Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished grade, except 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade under pavements and slabs.


A. Test, inspect, and purge natural gas according to NFPA 54 or the International Fuel Gas Code and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Natural-gas piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

C. Prepare test and inspection reports.


3.9 PAINTING

A. Paint exposed, exterior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory-applied paint or protective coating.

1. Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1D.

a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (semigloss). d. Color: Gray, unless on roof shall be Yellow.

B. Paint exposed, interior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory-applied paint or protective coating.

1. Latex Over Alkyd Primer System: MPI INT 5.1Q.

a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex (semigloss). d. Color: Yellow.

C. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-applied finishes with materials and by procedures to match original factory finish.

3.10 OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE

A. Underground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following:

1. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.

B. Aboveground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following:

1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints.

C. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.

3.11 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE

A. Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.

B. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following:

1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints.

C. Underground, below building, piping shall be the following: 1. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints.


D. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.

E. Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded or wrought-steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.

3.12 UNDERGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE

A. Connections to Existing Gas Piping: Use valve and fitting assemblies made for tapping utility's gas mains and listed by an NRTL.

3.13 ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE

A. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller at service meter shall be one of the following: 1. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve.

B. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller shall be one of the following:

1. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve.

C. Valves in branch piping for single appliance shall be one of the following:

1. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve.


12/12

Ft. Rucker, AL - Image Update Section 26 05 00 02/27/20 Page 1 of 9 Addendum #2

SECTION 26 05 00

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This performance specification section provides the minimum requirements for a complete and operational electrical system for an AAFES BX or PX (Base Exchange, Post Exchange OR Fort Exchange) Retail Store and Mall. The electrical and low-voltage systems shall include but are not limited to all design, equipment, materials, labor, installation, documentation, testing and services necessary to furnish and install a complete, operational AAFES Retail Store and Mall to include but are not limited to the following functions:

1. Retail Store 2. Store Administration Area 3. MPA Area and MPA Mezzanine Space 4. Food Court 5. AAFES food and other vendors, equipment and all connections to same 6. Military Clothing Store (MCSS) 7. Separate Security Rooms 8. Communications IT Rooms and Hubs and horizontal data cabling not exceeding 90 meters and

incoming building service cabling and fiber optic for both public and government services. 9. Electrical Rooms and Equipment Rooms for panels, sub-distribution and fire alarm/mass notification 10. Lighting and Control System to meet current AAFES, UFC, Energy Codes and LEED Requirements

and state and local codes. 11. Fire Alarm/Mass Notification System to meet UFC Standards 12. Security Intrusion System – To meet current Base, Fort or Camp Standards. 13. Public Address System

B. Section Includes:

1. Electrical equipment coordination and installation 2. Grout, concrete 3. Access doors and frames 4. Common electrical installation requirements 5. Fire stopping 6. Cleanup/Touchup paint 7. Safety conditions 8. AF/AI material and equipment 9. AAFES furnished, Contractor installed equipment

1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. All electrical and limited energy systems, mounting hardware, labor and other items indicated on the Division 26, 27 and 28 drawings, schedules and/or in the specifications shall be included in the Contractor’s bid, unless specifically indicated otherwise. The specifications, schedules, diagrams, details and plans are complementary and what is indicated on any is as binding as if indicated on all. Where a conflict exists between what is shown and what is specified, the more stringent shall govern.

12/12


B. The contract drawings indicate the extent and the general character and approximate location and arrangement of material and equipment. The documents do not necessarily show the total number of conductors, raceways, boxes, support, access panels, actual routing, block outs, exact device or equipment locations or other such detailed information for the work required. The Contractor shall provide all necessary materials as required by applicable code and product specification for a complete and fully operational installation in accordance with the true intent of the drawings and specifications.

C. All dimensions indicated in the Division 26, 27 and 28 drawings are approximate and are indicated

as a guideline only. The Contractor shall adjust the exact rough-in locations as necessary to avoid conflict with structural components or other materials and to assure that fixtures, boxes, etc., can be installed as close to the intended location as possible. Working measurements shall be taken from the building and checked with the Architectural and Structural drawings. If conflicts are found the Contractor shall request verification from the Architect before proceeding with that work.

D. The Division 26, 27 and 28 documents do not separate work or responsibilities of sub-contractors.

The General Contractor is responsible for defining the scope of work of each contractor. This specification recognizes only one contractor. That is the General Contractor who signs the contract with the Owner. Where the term ‘The Contractor’ is used, it applies to the contractor responsible for the installation of the work described

1.3 ELECTRICAL REFERENCE SYMBOLS & DEFINITIONS ADA Americans With Disabilities Act AFC Above Finished Ceiling AF/AI AAFES Furnished and AAFES Installed AF/CI AAFES Furnished and Contractor Installed AFF Above Finished Floor Ampacity Capacity expressed in amperes ASTM American Society for Testing & Materials CF/CI Contractor-Furnished and Contractor-Installed Concealed Hidden from sight as in trench, chases, slabs, furred spaces or hung ceilings Contractor Shall mean the General Contractor who signs the contract with the Owner EMT Electrical Metallic Tubing

EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. Exposed ‘ Not concealed’ as defined above Furnish Supply Galv. Galvanized GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interupter IBC International Building Code IEC International Energy Code IFC International Fire Code IEEE Institute of Electrical & Electronic Engineers IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association Indicated Indicated on drawings Install Install or apply Mfg. Manufacturer NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters Pub. 70 (latest edition) NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NREC Non-Residential Energy Code Provide Furnish and install UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

12/12


UBC Uniform Building Code

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. It is understood that before the manufacture or installation of any of the work under this contract is carried forward, shop drawings of such work shall be submitted for review. Shop drawings shall be submitted in ample time to avoid delay in any of the work. The Contractor shall allow for 30 days minimum for completion of review and processing. Items requiring prompt attention due to long lead delivery or for early construction rough-in, are to be identified. The review of these items will be expedited, with advanced copies returned.

B. The Architect and Engineer’s review of the submittals/shop drawings is intended as a check for

general conformance with contract documents only. Failure by the Architect or Engineer to discover an error on a submittal does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications.

C. The Division 26 Contractor shall provide quantities of submittals and shop drawings as required by

Section 01 33 00 for distribution. In addition, two paper copies of each brochure or shop drawing (up to 11”x17” size) shall be inserted in a common binder, index referenced and equipped with tabbed partitions. Larger size shop drawings shall be submitted separately to the Electrical Engineer.

D. Upon request from the Architect or Engineer, provide material samples for examination, color

selection and/or quality control. These samples shall be delivered to the Architect’s or Engineer’s office as directed.

E. Prior to forwarding to the Architect, the Contractor shall review the submittals; mark them with their

comments, corrections and approval stamp. The Contractor shall verify that all of the specified requirements are indicated and ensure that the intended items have been identified on the submittal. Submittals shall be clearly marked as to which items, options, colors; models, etc. are being provided. Only the items marked or indicated will be considered as being submitted. If no marks or indications are present on a page then it will be assumed that nothing applies to this project and the submittal will be rejected. Indicate additional information necessary for the Architect and Engineer to determine the Contractor’s intention, such as the method of feeding panel boards (top or bottom), color selection, equipment options, etc.

F. For material requiring color or finish selection ‘by Architect’, provide separate copies marked

ATTENTION (ARCHITECTS NAME) – COLOR/FINISH SELECTION REQUIRED’. G. Provide brochures and shop drawings on the following materials:

1. Interior dimensioned plan view and elevations of electrical rooms showing main component

arrangement with NEC required working clearances shown 2. Panelboards 3. Wiring Devices 4. Extra receptacle log with fair cost estimate 5. Floor Boxes 6. Wiring (feeders, branch circuits, etc) 7. Lighting Fixtures, Lamps, Ballast 8. Occupancy Sensors 9. Conduit and Fittings

12/12


1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment:

1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated.

2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations.

3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope.

4. So connecting raceways, cables, wire-ways, cable trays, and bus-ways will be clear of

obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment.

5. To maintain access and keep passageways clear.

B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed.

C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished surfaces

or otherwise concealed. D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified

in Division 07 Section ‘Penetration Firestopping’. E. Coordinate all rough-in and circuit routing with other division manufacturer’s shop drawings and

submittals for casework and equipment, which requires power or systems connections. Verify the exact locations of all electrical rough-in, devices, equipment or apparatus to be pre-determined work required and to ensure that Division 26, 27 and 28 equipment will fit and function as intended before proceeding with rough-in or installation. Carefully lay out all devices and equipment so that they are not blocked, hidden or rendered inaccessible due to conflict with structure, casework, ductwork, piping, etc.

F. The Contractor shall coordinate all device locations with the architectural documents. Check all door

swings (locate switches on strike side of door), window casings, counter back splash, sinks and casework knee spaces and on countertops so that electrical outlets and equipment are accessible and in proper relation to these items.

G. The Contractor shall coordinate and verify the exact location and requirements for connections to

equipment furnished under other divisions which require electrical systems connections provided under Division 26, 27 and 28. Verify the location of ductwork, grilles, plumbing, access panels, control devices and other equipment requiring electrical installation.

H. The Contractor shall coordinate exact location and requirements for connections to equipment

furnished by the Owner. Where equipment is existing to be relocated, field verify circuiting and connection requirements prior to rough-in. where equipment is being purchased new, verify connections with the Owner’s representative.

I. Verify that the wall depth is adequate to allow flush mounting of all panels or enclosures in the

intended location prior to installing underground feeders. J. Verify that all switchgear, panelboards, transformers, enclosures, backboards and other Division 26

provided equipment are located and installed to meet NEC working clearance requirements.

12/12


K. The Contractor will not receive extra compensation for cutting, patching, re-finishing or re-wiring required for relocation of work installed due to interference between the various work that could have been avoided, had proper coordination been applied.

L. Schedule and coordinate all power, telephone and CATV utility work to provide the required

‘customer furnished’ material and labor (included in Division 26, 27 and 28 bid), to the requirements of the appropriate utility company.

1.6 CODES AND CRITERIA

A. Systems will be designed to comply with the following:

1. International Building Code as modified by UFC 1-200-01 2. International Energy Conservation Code 3. International Fire Alarm Code 4. National Electric Code 5. ASHRAE Standard 90.1, 2010 Energy Standards for Buildings 6. Americans with Disability Act (ADA) 7. ANSI/TIA 942 – Telecom Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers 8. UFC 3-400-01 Energy Conservation 9. UFC 3-501-03N Electrical Engineering Preliminary Considerations 10. UFC 3-520-01 Interior Electrical Systems 11. UFC 3-530-01 Interior and Exterior Lighting and Controls 12. UFC 3-55-03 FA Electrical Power Supply and Distribution 13. UFC 3-550-03N Power Distribution Systems 14. UFC 3-560-01 Electrical Safety, O&M; with Change 2 15. UFC 3-580-01 Telecommunications Building Cabling Systems Planning and Design 18. UFC 4-010-01 DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standard for Buildings 19. DoD 5200.1-R DoD Information Security Program 20. DCID 6/9 Physical Security for Sensitive Compartmented Information Facilities 21. JAFAN 6/9 Physical Security Standards for Special Access Program Facilities (DOS) 22. Real Estate Standards 23. Local Base, Fort or Camp Installation Design Guidelines 24. International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) 27. 10 CFR 435 Energy Performance Standards (Jan 93) 28. 10 CFR 436 Federal Energy Management and Planning Programs 29. 10 CFR 450 Energy Measures and Energy Audits 30. 24 CFR 39 Cost Effective Energy Conservation and Effectiveness Standards 31. 40 CFR 24 Guideline for Federal Procurement of Building Projects 32. US Army 13 A Technical Criteria for the Installation Information Infrastructure Architecture (Feb

2010)

B. The installation of this work shall comply in every way with the requirements of the laws, ordinances and rules of the State, the National Board of Fire Underwriters and the National Electric Code.

C. If any conflict occurs between these rules and this specification, the rules shall govern. Nothing in these drawings and specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming with governing codes. This shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with any requirements of the plans or specifications which may be in excess of requirements of hereinbefore mentions rules and not contrary to same.

D. Obtain and pay for all licenses, permits, registration fees and inspections required by laws, ordinances and rules governing the work specified herein. Arrange for inspection of the work by inspectors and give the inspectors all necessary assistance in their work of inspection.

12/12


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GROUT

A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, non-metallic aggregate grout, non-corrosive, non-staining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time.

2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES

A. Access panels shall be the responsibility of each related section of Division 26. All access doors on the project are to be the product of one manufacturer. Closely coordinate the type of access doors and locations with all other Divisions.

B. Where required for access to hidden junction boxes or other Division 26 equipment, the doors shall be

sized as necessary to provide proper working clearance. Provide access door at all roll-up gate motors above gypboard ceilings.

C. Provide identification tags for all Division 26 access doors.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-

mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install

components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both

electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity.

E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. F. All material and equipment shall be installed symmetrical, level, plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other

building systems and components, except where otherwise indicated.

G. Use ‘waterguard’ compound for all watertight seals to outside or freezer/coolers.

3.2 FIRESTOPPING

A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section ‘Penetration Firestopping’.

12/12


3.3 CLEANUP

A. Removal of refuse, debris, cuttings, packaging, cartons, etc. for work provided under Division 26 shall be the responsibility of each related section of Division 26.

B. Cleanup shall be done continually during construction, at sufficient frequency to eliminate hazard to the

public, occupants, workmen, the premise and adjacent property. C. Before acceptance of the installation, carefully clean cabinets, panels, boxes, wiring devices, cover plates,

etc., to remove dirt, cuttings, paint, plaster, mortar, concrete, etc. Blemishes to finished surfaces of apparatus shall be removed and new finish equal to the original applied.

3.4 TOUCHUP PAINTING

A. Touch up or repair of factory finishes that are scratched or marred in shipment or installation shall be the responsibility shall be the responsibility of each related section of Division 26.

B. Thoroughly clean damaged areas and provide primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of

damage at each location. C. Follow paint manufacturer’s written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and application of

successive coats. D. Repairs shall be made to the satisfaction of the Government and Contracting Officer.

3.5 SAFETY CONDITIONS

A. The Contractor will be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. The duty of the Contracting Officer to conduct construction observations of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's performance measures, in, on, or near the construction site.

B. Furnish, erect and maintain all barricades, guard structures, warning signs, detour signs, lights and flares as

may be required to protect and safeguard from injury or damage. C. Provide bracing, scaffolding, guard rails and protective devices necessary to protect workmen and

personnel from personal injury due to electrical installations while on the jobsite. D. Contractor shall be liable for all damage and injury occurring to the Government’s property on or in the

adjacent areas of the work, or which shall occur to any person or property whatsoever by reason of the negligence of the Contractor or any of his employees, or sub- Contractors, or of any breach or violation of the provisions of this agreement, or of any of his duties or obligations under the contract.

E. Temporary power used for construction shall be ground fault protected.

3.6 ELECTRICAL PHASING REQUIREMENTS

A. Construction phasing unless specifically indicated in the architectural drawings or specifications is the responsibility of the General Contractor.

12/12


B. Parking lot lighting for the existing X Building shall remain in operation throughout the project. At no time shall the existing parking lot be without lights.

C. The existing store and mall shall not be without electrical power or communications while construction

work is being done in the new store and mall during normal operation hours. All power interruptions shall be after store hours and be scheduled and approved with the base and AAFES 30 days prior to any interruptions and again seven (7) days and one (1) hour prior to any pre-scheduled outage.

3.7 AAFES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED EQUIPMENT

A. Certain items of equipment will be furnished and installed by AAFES. See drawings references to (AF/AI).

1. See Division 10.

B. The Contractor shall provide for a cooperative with personnel installing AAFES furnished materials and equipment, should overlap of work occur.

3.8 TYPICAL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT (AF/AI)

A. Equipment or material to be furnished and installed by AAFES but not limited to, is as follows and as indicated on the drawings:

1. All store shelving and fixtures in Mall and Retail 2. Check-out fixtures in Mall and Retail 3. Close circuit (CCTV) video security system equipment and wiring 4. Graphic signage (painted) at Main Entry and at Check-out in Retail 5. Microwaves, refrigerators, washer and dryer 6. Work stations in Customer Service 7. Bailer in MPA 8. Floor mats in Beauty and Barber Shops 9. Safes, printers, meat slicer, cash registers, small wares packages in Food Court 10. ATM Machines 11. Shelving, fixtures, work/service counters and equipment in Optical Shop and Clinic, Florist,

Concessions and MCSS. 12. Coffee cart in Food Court 13. Kiosks and benches in Mall and Retail 14. Office furniture 15. Dry storage shelving 16. ELCC Communications and Center Equipment (as indicated) 17. Slotwall 18. EAS Merchandise Detectors 19. Signage 20. CATV cabling, outlets and fittings 21. Data and Telephone CAT 6 Cabling Per 271500

3.9 FINAL CONNECTIONS

A. All final electrical connections to AAFES furnished and installed equipment shall be made by the Electrical Contractor as part of the construction contract. The electrical contractor shall provide all conduit, wire, J-boxes, and miscellaneous equipment necessary and make the equipment operational.

12/12


B. The Contractor shall adjust all wire sizes and breakers, and disconnect sizes, at no extra cost to the Owner. This cost shall be included in the Bid for connection to all AAFES provided equipment.

3.10 AAFES FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED EQUIPMENT

A. The material noted below will be furnished by the Exchange and shall be installed and made operational by the Contractor. See drawing references to (AF/CI). The Contractor shall provide for and cooperate with personnel furnishing the designated material.

B. Provide all conduit and wire to equipment. Electrical Contractor shall field verify nameplate rating prior to

pulling in wire and purchasing and installation of disconnects, breakers, etc. after all equipment is on site and ready for installation.

C. Provide cost in bid to adjust all breakers, conduits, wire size, disconnect sizes either direction larger or

smaller to equipment after equipment is on site.

3.11 DELIVERY

A. Contractor shall unload, handle, store, protect, uncrate, assemble, set in final position, align, join, and level all Exchange-furnished material, and shall make all utility connections thereto. AAFES will provide supervision for installation of the material. Electrical Contractor shall field verify nameplate ratings of the equipment prior to pulling in wire and making final connections. Contractor shall adjust wire sizes and breaker disconnect sizes (either direction larger or smaller) at no extra cost to the Owner. This cost shall be included in Bid.



SECTION 28 16 00

INTRUSION DETECTION (ADVANTOR 5.0)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Intrusion detection with multiplexed, modular, microprocessor-based controls, intrusion

sensors and detection devices, and communication links to perform monitoring, alarm and control functions.

2. A complete operable system providing point-specific surveillance of building perimeter vault, safe, and certain valuable merchandise areas, windows, etc., and duress alarms for cash handling, checkout, jewelry, electronics and other areas.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. LCD: Liquid crystal display.

B. LED: Light emitting diode.

C. PIR: Passive infrared.

D. RFI: Radio-frequency interference.

E. UPS: Uninterruptible power supply.

F. Protected or Protection Zone: A space or area for which an intrusion must be detected and uniquely identified, the sensor or group of sensors assigned to perform the detection, and any interface equipment between sensors and communication link to central-station control unit.

G. Standard Intruder: A person who weighs 100 lb or less and whose height is 60 inches or less; dressed in a long-sleeved shirt, slacks and shoes.

H. Standard-Intruder Movement: Any movement, such as walking, running, crawling, rolling, or jumping of a “standard intruder” of a protected zone.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data in accordance with SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS: Components for sensing, detecting and control, including dimensions and data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings and finishes.

1. Site and Floor Plans: Indicate final outlet and device locations, routing of raceways, and cables inside and outside of the building.

2. Devise Address List: Coordinate with final system programming. 3. System Wiring Diagrams: Include system diagrams unique to Project. Show connections

for all devices, components, and auxiliary equipment. Include diagrams for equipment and for system with all terminals and interconnections identified.


4. Details of surge-protection devices and their installation. 5. Sensor detection patterns and adjustment ranges.

B. Equipment and System Operation Description: Include methods of operation and supervision of each component and each type of circuit. Show sequence of operations for manually and automatically initiated system or equipment inputs. Description must cover this specific Project manufacturer’s standard descriptions for generic systems are not acceptable.

C. Qualification Data: For installer, testing agency.

D. Field quality –control test reports.

E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For intrusion detection system to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in SECTION 01 78 23 “OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA”, include the following:

1. Data for each type of product, including features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual.

2. Central-station control-unit hardware and software data.

F. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this section.

G. Other information Submittals: 1. Test Plan and Schedule: Test plan defining all tests required to ensure that system meets

technical, operational, and performance specifications within 60 days of date of Contract award.

2. Examination reports documenting inspections of substrates, areas and conditions. 3. Anchor inspection reports documenting inspections of built-in and cast-in anchors.


A. Installer Qualification: 1. An employer of workers, at least one of whom is a technician certified by the National

Burglar & Fire Alarm Association. 3. Manufacturers authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of

units required for this project.

B. Intrusion Detection System Integrator Qualifications: An experienced intrusion detection equipment supplier and Installer who has completed system integration work for installations similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for this project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the National Burglar & Fire Alarm Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRLT) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7.

1. Testing Agency’s Field Supervisor: Person currently certified as an advanced alarm technician by the National Burglar & Fire Alarm Association to supervise an-site testing specified in Part 3.


D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70-05, Article 100, by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

F. FMG Compliance: FMG-approved and labeled as intrusion detection devices and equipment.

F. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Conditions: Capable of withstanding the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of operating capability:

1. Altitude: Sea level of 4,000 feet. 2. Central-Station Control Unit: Rated for continuous operation in an ambient of 60 to

85 degrees F and relative humidity of 20 to 80 percent, no condensing. 3. Interior Controlled Environment: System components, except central-station control

unit, installed in temperature-controlled interior environments shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient of 0 to 90 percent relative humidity, no condensing

4. Interior, Uncontrolled Environment: System components installed in non-temperature-controlled interior environments shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient of 0 to 122 degrees F dry bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, no condensing.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufacturer and Installer

Agree to repair or replace components of intrusion detection devices and equipment that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: One year from date of beneficial occupancy.

PART TWO - PRODUCTS

2.1 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM

A. Supervision: System components shall be continuously monitored for normal, alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions. Indicate deviations from normal conditions at any location in system. Indication includes identification of device or circuit in which deviation has occurred and whether deviation is an alarm or malfunction.

1. Alarm Signal: Display at central-station control unit and actuate audible and visual alarm devices.

2. Trouble Condition Signal: Distinct from other signals, indicating that signal is not fully functional. Trouble signal shall indicate system problems such as battery failure, open or shorted transmission line conductors, or controller failure.

3. Supervisory Condition Signal: Distinct from other signals, indicating an abnormal condition as specified for the particular device controller.

B. System Control: Central-Station control unit shall directly monitor intrusion detection and connecting wiring in a multiplexed distributed control system or as part of a network.


C. System shall automatically reboot program without error or loss of status or alarm data after any system disturbance.

B. Operation Commands: 1. Help with System Operation: Display all commands available to operator. Help

command, followed by a specific command, shall produce a short explanation of the purpose, use, and system reaction to that command.

2. Acknowledge Alarm: To indicate that alarm message has been observed by operator. 3. Place Protected Zone in Access: Disable all intrusion-alarm circuits of a specific

protected zone. Tamper circuits may not be disabled by operator. 4. Place Protected Zone in Secure: Activate all intrusion-alarm circuits of a protected

zone. 5. Protected Zone Test: Initiate operational test of a specific protected zone. 6. System Test: Initiate system-wide operational test. 7. Print Reports.

E. Printed Record of Events: Print a record of alarm, supervisory, and trouble events on system printer. Sort and report by protected zone, device, and function. When central-station control unit receives a signal, print a report of alarm, supervisory, or trouble condition. Report type of signal (alarm, supervisory or trouble condition), protected zone description, date, and time of occurrence. Differentiate alarm signals from other device, location, date and time. Commands shall initiate the reporting of a list of current alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions in a system or a log of past events.

F. Response Time: Thirty seconds maximum between actuate of any alarm and it’s indication at central-station control unit.

G. Circuit Supervision: Supervise all signal and data transmission lines, links with other systems, and sensors from the central-station control unit. Indicate circuit and detection device faults with both protected zone and trouble signals, sound a distinctive audible tone, and illuminate an LED. Maximum permissible elapsed time between occurrence of a trouble condition and indication at central-station control unit is 20 seconds. Initiate an alarm in response to opening, closing, shorting, or grounding of a signal or data transmission line.

H. Manual Secure-Access Control: Coded entries at manual station shall change status of associated protected zone between secure and access conditions.

I. Alarm Transmission to Remote Monitoring Station: Transmit all alarm and supervisory indications to a designated remote monitoring station via telephone lines, dedicated alarm network. Transmissions must be compatible with monitoring station equipment. Coordinate with local authority having jurisdiction.

2.2 SYSTEM COMPONENT REQUIREMENTS

A. Surge Protection: Protect components from voltage surges originating external to equipment housing and entering though power, communication, signal, control, or sensing leads. Include surge protection for external wiring of each conductor entry connection to components.

1. Minimum Protection for Power Lines 120 V and More: Auxiliary panel suppressors complying with requirements in Section 264313 “Transient Voltage Surge Suppression”.


2. Minimum Protection for Communication, Signal, Control, and Low Voltage Power Lines: Comply with requirements in Section 264313 “Transient Voltage Surge Suppression” as recommended by manufacturer for type of line being protected.

B. Interference Protection: Components shall be unaffected by radiated RFI and electrical induction of 15 V/m over a frequency range of 10 to 10,000 MHz and conducted interference signals up to 0.25-V RMS injected into to power supply lines at 10 to 10,000 MHz.

C. Tamper Protection: Tamper switches on detection devices, controllers, annunciators, pull boxes, junction boxes, cabinets and other system components shall initiate a tamper-alarm signal when unit is opened or partially disassembled and when entering conductors are cut or disconnected. Central-Station control-unit alarm display shall identify tamper alarms and indicate locations.

See Editing Instruction No. 1 in the Evaluations for cautions about naming manufacturers. Retain one of first two subparagraphs and list of manufacturers below. See Division 01 Section "Product Requirements."

2.3 ENCLOSURES:

A. Interior Sensors: Enclosures that protect against dust, falling dirt, and dripping noncorrosive liquids.

B. Interior Electronics: NEMA 250, Type 12.

C. Screw Covers: Where enclosures are accessible to unauthorized persons, secure with security fasteners of type appropriate for enclosure.

2.4 SECURE AND ACCESS DEVICES

A. Manufacturers: 1. Advantor Network Systems 5.0 (ASN). Contact Advantor Systems Corporation –

12612 Challenger Parkway, Suite #300, Orlando, FL 32926. By phone @ 800/advantor or 407-859-3350.

B. Touchscreen, Keypad and Display Module: Arranged for entering and executing commands for system-status changes and for displaying system-status and command-related data. LCD type, backlit, with four lines, 20 character display. Semi-flush mount. Provide backbox. Provide 22a WG shielded, twisted pair cable for communications.

2.5 BALANCED MAGNETIC DOOR SWITCHES

A. Manufacturers: 1. ADEMCO Group; Pittway Corporation. 2. Aleph International Corporation. 3. Amseco; Division of Kobishi America, Inc. 4. FBII; Pittway Corporation. 5. GE Interlogix; General Electric Company. 6. George Risk Industries. 7. Honeywell International Inc. 8. Optex.


9. Ultrak, Inc; a Division of Ademco Video Systems. B. Description: High security, balanced-magnetic switch, complying with UL 634, installed

on frame with integral over-current device to limit current to 80% of switch capacity. Bias magnetic and minimum of three independent form “C” Blased reed contacts shall resist compromise from introduction of foreign magnetic fields.

1. A supervised loop with a series Magnetic Tamper and Pry Tamper are to be included. C. Flush-Mounted Switches: Unobtrusive and flush with surface of door frame, as listed in

door hardware section. Provide in bid for a Sentrol 2700 series high security balance magnetic switch to replace each flush GE series with option 1840 1076W switch listed in door hardware section if base security does not allow the concealed switch listed in the door hardware section.

D. Overhead Door Switch: Wide Gap, High Security Sentrol 2700 series balanced-magnetic

type, surface mounted. 2.6 PRI SENSORS A. Manufacturers: 1. ADEMCO Group; Pittway Corporation. 2. Aleph International Corporation. 3. Crow Electronic Engineering, Inc. 4. Digital Security Controls, Ltd. 5. FBII; Pittway Corporation. 6. Honeywell International Inc 7. NAPCO Security Systems, Inc 8. Optex. 9. Richardson Electronics, Ltd. 10. Visonic Inc. B. Description: Sensors detect intrusion by monitoring infrared wavelengths emitted from a

human body within their protection zone and by being insensitive to general thermal variations.

1. Ceiling Mounting Unit Spot-Detection Pattern: Full 360-degree conical. 2. Ceiling-Mounted Unit Pattern Size: 84-inch diameter at floor level for units mounted

96 inches above floor; 18-foot diameter at floor level for units mounted 25 feet above floor.

C. Device Performance: 1. Sensitivity: Adjustable pattern coverage to detect a change in temperature of 2 deg F

or less, and standard intruder movement within sensor’s detection patterns at any speed between 0.3 to 5.7 fps across 2 adjacent segments of detector’s field of view.

2. Test Indicator: LED test indicator that is not visible during normal operation. When visible, indicator shall light when sensor detects an intruder. Locate test enabling switch under sensor housing cover.

2.7 DURESS-ALARM SWITCH A. Manufacturers: 1. ADEMCO Group; Pittway Corporation.


2. GE Interlogix; General Electric Company. 3. NAPCO Security Systems, Inc 4. Visonic Inc. 5. Husk – 20 hold up switch, or as approved by the Government. B. Description: A switch with a shroud over the activating lever that allows an individual to

cover to send a duress signal to central-station control unit, with no visual or audible indication when activated. Switch shall lock in activated position until reset with a key.

1. Minimum Switch Rating: 50,000 operations. 2. Push Button: Finger activated, suitable for mounting on horizontal or vertical

surface. 2.8 CAPACITANCE ALARM SWITCH A. Manufacturers: 1. ADEMCO. 2. Monaco Enterprises. B. Description: Switch device senses a change in electrical capacitance between the

protected safe and ground caused by the proximity or contact of an intruder, sending an alarm signal switch to the control unit.

1. Self-contained standby battery power source, rechargeable. 2. Filtered and shielded against interference from RF sources or changes of temperature

or humidity. 3. Adjustable sensitivity. 4. Insulator block for safe. 2.9 SECURITY SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL (SSCP) A. Manufacturer: Advantor 5.0. Infraguard with expansion modules (IEM). B. General Capabilities: 1. SSCP design shall be the primary communication processor and control unit and

shall be installed in a protected facility. SSCP shall interface with all optional modules and devices and provide communication with the integrated monitoring system – transmitting and displaying all security messages from the equipped facility.

2. Standard UL enclosure (20 gauge steel). 3. Enclosure of SSCP shall be securable with lock and key. C. Power Requirements: 1. Electrical input shall be provide by a 120VAC, 60Hz, using 16.5VAC, 50VA, Class

2 plug-in transformer with the option of adding surge protection. 2. SSCP shall be equipped with a secondary power supply consisting of two 12VDC,

7AH, sealed lead-acid rechargeable batteries capable of providing power for 24 hours. Internal battery charger and integral battery supervision for AC power loss and battery trouble shall be provided.

3. Plug-in transformer shall provide auxiliary power of 1.6 amps continuous at 12VDC. D. Alarm Loops:


1. Programmable, supervised, hard wired alarm loops, expandable to 144 points with expansion modules and another 63 points with wireless module, shall be included in the SSCP design. See security plan for number of points required.

2. Alarm loops shall be N/C, N/O, or both (dry contacts) and shall operate under normal

ground fault conditions.

3. SSCP design shall provide programmable alarm codes assignable to minimum of 8

separate partitions.

E. Transmission Media:

1. Dedicated or dial transmission of signal shall be incorporated into SSCP design.

2. Dedicated transmission shall be UL grade AA and upgradable to DES Class A.

Supervision for compromise, failure and trouble conditions shall be mandatory.

3. Dial Transmission capabilities shall include: pulse or DTMF dialing; integrated cut

line supervision; RJ31X jack connection; and, include expansion for a secondary dial

line and/or cellular communication capabilities.

4. The addition of optional surge protection for dedicated or dial transmission line shall

be available.

F. Arm/Disarm Function (Secure/Access):

1. SSCP shall be capable of integrating with 16 keypads (up to 3 partition) with an 8

partition capacity.

2. Design of SSCP shall include programmable switch arming via momentary contact

closure.

3. Programmable arm/disarm functions shall include: single key; non-reporting;

reporting; and, arm at shift.

G. Communications:

1. Central station shall provide 300 Baud asynchronous, full duplex secure protocol

communication device capable of transmitting at 1070/1270 Hz and receiving at

2025/2225 Hz.

2. SSCP shall provide an RS-485 port and have a communication link of 2,000 feet

maximum using 22AWG, shield twisted pair cable.

3. A maximum of forty RS-485 devices shall be supported by the SSCP. The 40 device

total shall include: 16 total keypads; 8 expansion modules; 8 Smart/Audio or Listen

In modules (in any combination); one wireless module; and 7 access modules.

H. General Information:

1. SSCP shall be UL listed for the specific application.

2. SSCP shall meet the requirement of FCC Part 15, class B.

I. Expansion Module:

1. Expansion Module shall mount locally inside the SSCP enclosure and provide the

option of remote mounting within an enclosure up to 2,000 feet from SSCP.


2. Expansion Module shall provide 16 programmable, supervised, hard wired alarm

loops.

3. Alarm loops shall be programmable into any of 8 separate arming zones (protected

areas).

4. Alarm loops shall be N/C, N/o, or both (dry contacts) and shall operate normally

under ground fault conditions.

5. Four 100mA programmable hardwired auxiliary outputs shall be incorporated into

the Expansion Module design.

6. Module shall operate in an environment of 0 to 122 degrees Fahrenheit.

7. Expansion Module power shall be provided by the SSCP 12 VDC transformer and

shall operate at 130mA maximum in normal standby and alarm modes.

8. Expansion Module shall be compatible with the SSCP RS-485.

9. Expansion module shall be UL listed for the specific application.

2.10 SECURITY FASTENERS:

A. Operable only by tools produced for use on specific type of fastener by fastener

manufacturer or other licensed fabricator. Drive system type, head style, material, and

protective coating as required for assembly, installation and strength.

B. Manufacturers:

1. Camcar Textron Inc.

2. Holo-Krome; a Danhar Corporation.

3. Safety Socket Screw Corporation.

4. Tamper-Pruf Screws, Inc.

C. Drive System Types: Pinned Torx-Plus, Pinned Torx, or pinned hex (Allen).

D. Socket Flat Countersunk Head Fasteners:

1. Heat-treated alloy steel, ASTM F 879, Group 1 CW.

2. Stainless steel, ASTM F 879, Group 1 CW.

E. Socket Button Head Fasteners:

1. Heat-treated alloy steel, ASTM F 879, Group 1 CW.


F. Socket Head Cap Fasteners:

1. Heat-treated alloy steel, ASTM A 574.


G. Protective Coatings for Heat-Treated Ally Steel:

1. Zinc chromate, ASTM F 1135, Grade 3 or 4; for exterior applications and interior

applications where indicated.


2. Zinc phosphate with oil, ASTM F 1137, Grade 1, or black oxide, unless otherwise

indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of intrusion detection.

1. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built –in anchor to verify actual locations of intrusion detection connections before intrusion detection installation.

2. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of intrusion detection.

B. Inspect built-in and cast-in anchor installations, before installing intrusion detection, to

verify that anchor installations comply with requirements. Prepare inspection reports. 1. Remove and replace anchors where inspections indicate that they do not comply with

requirements. Reinspect after repairs or replacements are made. 2. Perform additional inspections to determine compliance of replaced or additional

anchor installations. Prepare inspection reports. C. For material whose orientation is critical for its performance as ballistic barrier, verify

installation orientation. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. Comply with UL 681.

B. Security Fasteners: Where accessible to unauthorized persons, install intrusion detection components using security fasteners with head style appropriate for fabrication requirements, strength, and finish of adjacent materials except that a maximum of two different sets of tools shall be required to operate security fasteners Project. Provide stainless-steel security fasteners in stainless steel materials.

3.3 WIRING INSTALLATION

A. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceways according to Section “260533 – Raceway Boxes for Electrical Systems and 260534 – Outlet Boxes”. Conceal raceway except in unfinished spaces and as indicated. Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4 inch. Control and data transmission wiring shall not share conduit with other building wiring systems.

B. Wiring Method: Cable in metal raceways, concealed in accessible ceilings, walls and floors when possible.

C. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, Lace and Train conductors to terminal points. Use lacing bars and distribution spools. Separate power-limited and non-power-limited


conductors as recommended in writing by manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and back of enclosure. Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced or interrupted in any enclosure associated with intrusion system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to systems wiring diagrams. Make all connections with approved crimp-on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type terminal blocks, or plug connectors.

D. Wires and Cables: 1. Conductors: Size as recommended in writing by system manufacturer, unless

otherwise indicated. 2. 120-V Power Wiring: Install according to Section 262726 – Wiring Devices. 3. Control and Signal Transmission Conductors: Size and type cables as recommended

by manufacturer. E. Splices, Taps and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in

junction, pull and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. F. Install power supplies and other auxiliary components for detection devices at controllers,

unless otherwise indicated or required by manufacturer. Do not install such items near devices they serve.

G. Identify components with engraved, laminated-plastic or metal nameplate for central-

station control unit and each terminal cabinet, mounted with corrosion-resistant screws. Nameplates and label products are specified in Section 260553 – IDENTIFICATION.

H. Provide dedicated 120V branch circuit for SSCP. I. Provide telephone cable from SSCP to telephone equipment, from base communication

telephone backboard.

3.4 GROUNDING

A. Ground system components and conductor and cable shields to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk and other impairments.

B. Signal Ground Terminal: Locater at main equipment rack or cabinet. Isolate from power system and equipment grounding. Provide 5-ohm ground. Measure, record and report ground resistance.

C. Install grounding electrodes of type, size, location and quantity indicated. Comply with installation requirements in Section 260526 – Grounding/Bonding for Electrical Systems.


A. Pretesting: After installation, align, adjust and balance system and perform complete pretesting to determine compliance of system with requirements in the Contract Documents. Correct deficiencies observed in pretesting. Replace malfunctioning or damaged items with new ones and retest until satisfactory performance and conditions are achieved. Prepare forms for systematic recording of acceptance test results.


1. Report of Pretesting: After pretesting is complete, provide a letter certifying that installation is complete and fully operable; include names and titles of witnesses to preliminary tests

B. Manufacturers Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to

inspect, test and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing and include O&M data.

C. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare reports: 1. Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly labeled and interconnecting

wires and terminals are identified. 2. Operational Tests: Schedule tests after pretesting has been successfully completed.

Test all modes of system operation and intrusion detection at each detection device. Test for detection of intrusion and for false alarms in each protected zone. Test for alarms by simulating activities outside indicated detection patterns.

3. Electrical Tests: Comply with NFPA 72, Section A-7. Minimum required tests are as follows:

a. Verify the absence of unwanted voltages between circuit and measure conductors and ground.

b. Test all conductors for short circuits using an insulation detection device. c. With each circuit pair, short circuit at the far end of circuit and measure circuit

resistance with an ohmmeter. Record circuit resistance of each circuit on Record Drawings.

d. Verify that each controller is in normal condition as detailed in manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manual.

e. Verify that transient surge-protection devices are installed according to manufacturer’s written instructions.

f. Test each initiating and indicating device for alarm operation and proper response at central-station control unit.

g. Test both primary and secondary power. D. Repot of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a written record of tests, inspections and detailed

test results in the form of a test log. E. Tag all equipment, stations and other components for which tests have been satisfactorily

completed. F. In the presence of representative from Provost Marshal or Security Police, test entire

system for proper operation. Correct all defects. 3.6 TRAINING A. Provide services of factory representative for four hour training seminar for AAFES

Provost Marshal and Security Police personnel. Video tape training. Provide four tapes of training session.

END OF SECTION 281600

March 11, 2019

Asbestos Survey AAFES PX Fort Rucker Exchange Building

Building 9214 9214 Hutton Plaza,

Fort Rucker, AL 36362

Prepared For: US Army Garrison Fort Rucker

Directorate of Public Works Environmental Division Fort Rucker, AL 36362

Prepared By: Compliance Solutions, LLC

501 Forest Circle Troy, Alabama 35242

(334) 268-6859 Project No. 19-PR001

PO #279510

Table of Contents

I. Introduction ........................................................................................................................1 A. Purpose ....................................................................................................................1 B. Scope ........................................................................................................................1 C. Limitations ..............................................................................................................2

II. Methodology ........................................................................................................................2A. Record and Document Review ...............................................................................2 B. Visual Inspection Procedures .................................................................................2

1. Homogenous Material ................................................................................22. Condition .....................................................................................................23. Quantity Estimates .....................................................................................3

C. Asbestos Sampling Procedures ..............................................................................3 D. Asbestos Analysis Procedure ..................................................................................3 E. Classification ...........................................................................................................4

III. Description of Buildings .....................................................................................................4

IV. Results of the Survey ..........................................................................................................4A. Visual Inspection .....................................................................................................4

1. Main PX Area .............................................................................................52. Food Court / Mall Area ..............................................................................53. Home & Garden Center Area ....................................................................6

B. Sampling Results and NESHAP Classification .....................................................6

VI. Conclusion ...........................................................................................................................7

List of Tables Table 1 – Summary of ACBM Homogenous Areas ………...………………………………... 7 Table 2 – Summary of Sample Results …………………………………………... Attachment 3

List of Attachments Attachment 1 – Site and Sample Location Maps Attachment 2 – Photographic Log Attachment 3 – Summary of Sample Results Attachment 4 – Laboratory Test Report Attachment 5 – Asbestos Inspector Certification

Acronyms and Abbreviations

ACBM Asbestos Containing Building Materials AHERA Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act CS Compliance Solutions, LLC DPW-ENV Directorate of Public Works, Environmental Division EPA US Environmental Protection Agency HA/HMA Homogeneous Areas HVAC Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning LF Linear Feet NESHAP National Emission Standard for Hazard Pollutants NVLAP National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program PLM Polarized Light Microscopy SF Square Feet TSI Thermal System Insulation

Asbestos Survey March 11, 2019 AAFES PX Fort Rucker Exchange Proj. No. 19-PR001 Page 1 Fort Rucker, Alabama

Asbestos Survey AAFES PX Fort Rucker Exchange March 8, 2019 9214 Hutton Plaza, Fort Rucker, AL

I. Introduction

Compliance Solutions, LLC (CS), was retained by Pride Industries and the Fort Rucker Directorate

of Public Works, Environmental Division (DPW-ENV), to perform an Asbestos Survey of the

AAFES PX Fort Rucker Exchange Building located at 9214 Hutton Plaza, Fort Rucker, AL 36362

(latitude 31º 20’ 11.17” north and longitude 85º 42’ 44.17” west). The subject property consists of

one permanent ~88,000 square foot building. A site location map is included in Attachment 1 as

Figure 1.

A. Purpose The purpose of the survey was to identify the presence, condition and quantity of accessible and/or

exposed friable and non-friable building material within the interior of the building.

This report is not intended to be used as, nor sufficient to use as, a bidding document or a specifications

document for asbestos abatement. The report does not have all the components of an Asbestos

Abatement Project Design or an Abatement Work Plan.

B. Scope The scope of services included the following tasks:

• Complete a visual survey of existing accessible interior and exterior areas of the buildings;

• Identify accessible suspect friable Asbestos Containing Building Materials

(ACBM) using US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Asbestos Hazard

Emergency Response Act (AHERA) protocols;

• Collect and analyze bulk samples of suspect friable and non-friable materials;

• Provide estimates of quantities of ACBM, location and material conditions;

• Illustrate sample locations and areas containing ACBM; and,

• Produce a written report of the findings in an electronic format.


C. Limitations The inspection was limited to interior building materials that were accessible.

II. Methodology

A. Record and Document Review Compliance Solutions reviewed facility drawings provided by the Fort Rucker DPW to determine the

size of the facility and historical conditions.

B. Visual Inspection Procedures Following EPA inspection protocols, Compliance Solutions conducted an initial building structure

walk through to determine the presence of suspect asbestos containing materials that were accessible

and/or exposed.

1. Homogenous Material Compliance Solutions noted materials that were similar in color, texture, general appearance

and that appeared to have been installed at the same time. The EPA terms such materials

“homogenous materials.” Compliance Solutions grouped each identified suspect homogenous

material in one of the following EPA classifications:

• Surfacing Materials: Spray and trowel applied material;

• Thermal System Insulation (TSI): Materials applied to various mechanical systems;

• Miscellaneous Materials: Any material which does not fit either of the above categories.

Compliance Solutions noted the locations of such materials and identified homogenous

areas for sampling.

2. Condition Compliance Solutions evaluated the overall condition of the material and determined whether

the materials were friable or non-friable by touching the material, where practical. A friable

material is defined as any material able to be crushed, crumbled, pulverized or reduced to

powder by hand pressure when dry.

Compliance Solutions assessed the overall condition of each material according to the

following criteria:


• Good: Included those materials which were in the same condition as when installed

showing only minor age deterioration.

• Fair: Included those materials which had apparent age deterioration and minor damage;

however the matrix of the material remained substantially intact.

• Poor: Included all materials which damage or significant damage and evidence that the

materials matrix has failed or has begun to fail.

3. Quantity Estimates Compliance Solutions inspector estimated quantities of the observed accessible exposed

material. The estimates were from gross dimensions of buildings shown on drawings or from

an uncalibrated laser measuring tool.

C. Asbestos Sampling Procedures EPA guidelines were used to determine sampling protocol. Sampling locations were chosen to be

representative of the homogeneous sampling area. While an effort was made to collect samples

randomly, samples were taken preferentially from areas already damaged.

Sample locations were sprayed with amended water and wet during the entire sampling process.

Samples were collected by coring through the material from the surface down to the base substrate.

All layers of the material were extracted and placed in a sample container for transport to the

laboratory. Sample containers were sealed and labeled with a unique sample ID.

D. Asbestos Analysis Procedure Samples were transferred to the Environmental Division who shipped them via Fedex under chain of

custody to EMSL Analytical, Inc. located at 3303 Parkway Center Court, Orlando, FL. EMSL

Analytical, Inc., is a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) accredited

laboratory. Their NVLAP accreditation number is 101048-1.

The samples were analyzed for asbestos by polarized light microscopy (PLM) in accordance with

the “EPA Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building Materials” (EPA 600/R-

93/116). The samples were mounted on slides and then analyzed for asbestos and fibrous non-


asbestos constituents. Each sample contained multiple layers of material that were separated and

analyzed separately.

E. Classification Following EPA inspection protocols, each identified suspect homogenous area was placed in one

of the following EPA classifications:

• Friable ACBM: The National Emission Standard for Hazard Pollutants (NESHAP) defines

friable ACBM as any material containing more than one percent Asbestos, which, can be

crumbled pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure.

• Category I Non-Friable ACBM: NESHAP defines Category I Non-Friable ACBM as

packing, gaskets, resilient floor covering, and asphalt roofing products which contain more

than one percent asbestos.

• Category II Non-Friable ACBM: NESHAP defines Category II Non-Friable ACBM as any

material, except for a Category I Non-Friable ACBM, that contains more than one percent

asbestos and cannot be crumbled pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure when

dry.

III. Description of Buildings

The AAFES PX Fort Rucker Exchange Building is an approximately 88,000 square foot square-foot

building. It is a single concrete structure with concrete exterior and flat roofing. The building

houses several offices, large open retail spaces, small retail spaces, store rooms and several fast

food restaurants.

IV. Results of the Survey

On January 24-26, 2019 and January 30-31, 2019, Compliance Solutions conducted a visual

inspection and sampling at the AAFES PX Fort Rucker Exchange Building. Upon arrival at the site,

Compliance Solutions’ personnel met with Ms. Kathy Walls, Manager with AAFES.

A. Visual Inspection Compliance Solutions’ personnel visually inspected the interior and exterior of the building to include

a room by room inspection for potential Asbestos Containing Building Material. Areas above the


drop ceiling were also assessed to inspect pipe chase TSI, surfacing material and duct work. As a

result of the visual inspection, Compliance Solutions identified 97 homogenous areas of potential

ACBM for sampling. Due to the large area of the building, Compliance Solutions divided the building

into three areas: Main PX, Food Court/Mall, and Home & Garden Center. A map identifying the

areas is included in Figure 2 of Attachment 1. A summary of the areas are as follows:

1. Main PX Area Compliance Solutions’ personnel inspected all building system materials and identified

twenty-four separate Homogeneous Areas in the Main PX area. These included different type

floor tiles with mastic, carpet adhesives, wall tile, drywall, HVAC duct-tape, and TSI. A total

of 30 samples were collected and analyzed for suspected ACBM. Many of the samples were

dissected further in the lab to assess the different layers of material. Of the 30 samples

collected in the Main PX Area, one sample, Sample No. 05, was positive for Asbestos.

Sample location maps are included in Figures 3, 4 & 5 in Attachment 1. Photos of the sample

location are included in Attachment 2. A table summarizing the sample identification

numbers, associated homogenous areas, description of the sample locations, and laboratory

results is listed Attachment 3. Rows shaded in orange indicate the samples that were positive

for ACBM.

2. Food Court / Mall Area Compliance Solutions’ personnel inspected all building system materials and identified fifty-

one separate Homogeneous Areas in the Food Court/Mall area. These included different type

floor tiles with mastic, carpet adhesives, wall tile, drywall, HVAC duct-tape, and TSI. A total

of 70 samples were collected and analyzed for suspected ACBM. Many of the samples were

dissected further in the lab to assess the different layers of material. Of the 70 samples

collected in the Main PX Area, three samples, Sample Nos. 39-A, 39-B & 42-B, were positive

for Asbestos. Sample location maps are included in Figures 5, 6, 7, 8 & 9 in Attachment 1.

Photos of the sample location are included in Attachment 2. A table summarizing the sample

identification numbers, associated homogenous areas, description of the sample locations, and

laboratory results is listed Attachment 3. Rows shaded in orange indicate the samples that

were positive for ACBM.


3. Home & Garden Center Area Compliance Solutions’ personnel inspected all building system materials in the Home &

Garden Center area and identified twenty-two potential ACBM Homogeneous Areas. These

included different type floor tiles with mastic, carpet adhesives, wall tile, drywall, HVAC

duct-tape, and TSI. A total of 18 samples were collected and analyzed for suspected ACBM.

Many of the samples were dissected further in the lab to assess the different layers of material.

Of the 18 samples collected in the Home & Garden Center Area, one sample, Sample No. 76,

was positive for Asbestos. Sample location maps are included in Figure 10 in Attachment 1

and photos of the sample location are included in Attachment 2. A table summarizing the

sample identification numbers, associated homogenous areas, description of the sample

locations, and laboratory results is listed Attachment 3. Rows shaded in orange indicate the

samples that were positive for ACBM.

B. Sampling Results and NESHAP Classification Compliance Solutions collected 128 samples for analysis from the 97 homogenous areas. Many of

these samples were further divided into different substrates resulting in a total 226 samples being

analyzed. Also, Fort Rucker DPW-ENV collected 3 interior samples on January 15, 2019 that are

also included as part of this report. All samples were analyzed using the PLM method by EMSL

Analytical, Inc. Table 1 below lists a description of each ACBM homogenous area, the estimated

quantity, quantity and classification of the ACBM. Table 2, provided in Attachment 3, summarizes

the sample identification numbers, associated homogenous areas, description of the sample locations,

and laboratory results. Rows shaded in orange indicate the samples that were positive for ACBM. A

copy of the laboratory report is located in Attachment 4. Compliance Solutions’ Asbestos Inspector

Certification is included in Attachment 5.

A summary of the positively identified ACBM homogenous areas and associated NESHAP

classification is listed in the following table:


Table 1 – Summary of ACBM Homogenous Areas Homogenous

Area Associated Sample ID

Description Estimated Quantity *

Condition NESHAP Classification

2-1 05 Black Floor Tile Mastic Located in Main PX Loss

Prevention Office

165 SF Good Category I Non-Friable

ACBM 19-1, 19-2 39-A, 39-B

& 42-B 3rd Layer White Floor Tile &

Black Mastic Food Court/ Mall

Beauty Shop

672 SF Good Category I Non-Friable

ACBM

31-1 76 Gray-White TSI Elbow Home & Garden Center

2 LF Fair Friable ACBM

*SF-Square Feet, LF- Linear Feet

VI. Conclusion

Compliance Solutions conducted a thorough inspection of the interior building systems of the AAFES

PX Fort Rucker Exchange Building. A total of 97 homogenous areas suspected of containing ACBM

were identified during the inspection from which 226 samples were analyzed for the presence of

asbestos. The results of the samples analysis indicated that three locations within Building 9214

contained ACBM. These included floor tile mastic in the Main PX Loss Prevention Office, floor tile

and mastic in the Mall Area Beauty Shop and a small section of TSI in the Home and Garden Center.

The floor tile/mastic locations were in good condition but the TSI elbow fitting was in fair condition,

showing evidence of deterioration.

ATTACHMENT 1- SITE AND SAMPLE LOCATION MAPS

Drawn By: Project #:

Google Earth 19-PR001

Checked By: Date:

DE 2/28/2019Project Mgr.: Scale:

BD NTS

TITLE

Figure 1Site Location Map

Bldg. 9614Fort Rucker PX

BLDG 9614Ft Rucker PX


BD 19-PR001

Checked By: Date:


BD NTS

TITLE

Figure 2Sampling Zones

Bldg 9614Ft Rucker PX

Home & Garden Center ZoneFood Court / Mall Zone

Main PX Zone

Asbestos Containing MaterialLocations are in Red


BD 19-PR001

Checked By: Date:


BD

TITLE

Figure 3Sample Location Map

ShowroomMain PX

1

2

6

05-Black FloorTile Mastic(3% Chrysotile)

4

3

7

8

112

9

113111

Samples in Red areAsbestos Containing Material


BD 19-PR001

Checked By: Date:


BD NTS

TITLE


Back Store RoomMain PX

Back Office & Storeroom

10 thru 13

115, 119

120

121

122 Sample127

125123

124 128

Sample126

117/118

116


BD 19-PR001

Checked By: Date:


BD

TITLE


South End Food Court / Mall

Mai

n PX

Ent

ranc

e

15

14

30

33 34 & 35

36

37 31

Mai

n B

uild

ing

En

tran

ce

Loss Prevention Office See Figure 6


BD 19-PR001

Checked By: Date:


BD NTS

TITLE

Figure 6Sample Location MapLoss Prevention Office

Main PX

Main PX Entrance

Main PX Showroom Clothing

05-Black FloorTile Mastic(3% Chrysotile)

114

Samples in Red are Asbestos Containing Material

Loss Prevention Office165 SF


BD 19-PR001

Checked By: Date:


BD NT

TITLE


South Building Entrance/ West Food Court/Mall

Main PX Entrance

Tactical

18

32

Car Rental

58

65-6768/69

86

8889

90

63/64

62

57

91

94-97

101

87

92/93

103

102

23

98-100

21/22

108

107

106

104

105


BD 19-PR001

Checked By: Date:


BD NTS

TITLE


East Side Food / Court Mall

15

85

Charley’s

Beauty Shop See Figure 9

20

60

59

109

Barber Shop

16/17

51/52

53-55

61

110

East Entrance

Vista Optical

Hom

e &

Gar

den

Cen

ter E

ntra

nce

19-001-A-9214

19-006-A-9214 / 19-007-A-9214

DPW-ENV Samples Are in Purple


BD 19-PR001

Checked By: Date:


BD

TITLE

Figure 9Sample Locations

Beauty ShopFood Court/Mall

Beauty Shop672 SF

38 / 39 2%/3% Chrysotile

40

41 / 426% Chrysotile

43 / 44

45

46

47 / 4849 / 50



BD 19-PR001

Checked By: Date:


BD NTS

TITLE


Home & Garden Center

76- TSI Elbow (4% Chrysotile, 1% Amosite)2 LF

24

25

26

27

28

29

71-73 74

75

77/78

79/80

81-84

56 19


ATTACHMENT 2- PHOTOGRAPHS

Attachment 2-Photographic Log Sample Locations

Sample 1 /19-013-A-9214-Floor Tile Main PX-Southeast Corner

Sample 2 / 19-014-A-9214-Floor Tile Main PX –Office Near Marker Display

Sample 3 / 19-015-A-9214-Floor Tile Main PX –Office Near Marker Display

Sample 4 / 19-016-A-9214-Floor Tile Main PX – Column Near Men’s Clothing

Sample 5-6 / 19-016-A-9214--19-017-A-9214 Main PX – Under Wood Door to Loss Prevention Office Near Main

Entrance

Sample 5-6 / 19-016-A-9214--19-017-A-9214 Main PX – Under Wood Door to Loss Prevention Office Near Main

Entrance


Sample 7 / 19-018-A-9214 Main PX-Carpeted Area Near Loss Prevention Office

Sample 8 / 19-020-A-9214 Main PX- Customer Service Register

Sample 9 / 19-021-A-9214 Main PX- Linen Aisle

Sample 10 / 19-022-A-9214 Main PX- Near Employee Breakroom

Sample 11 / 19-023-A-9214 Main PX-Men’s Employee Restroom

Sample 12 & 13 / 19-024-A-9214 & 19-025-A-9214 Main PX- Men’s Employee Restroom


Sample 14 / 19-026-A-9214 Food Court/Mall-South Wall

Sample 15 / 19-027-A-9214 Food Court/Mall- Near ATM Machine

Sample 16 & 17 / 19-028-A-9214 & 19-029-A-9214 Food Court/Mall- Near Barbour Shop

Sample 18 / 19-030-A-9214 Food Court/Mall- Near Soda Fountain

Sample 19 / 19-031-A-9214 Food Court/Mall- West Wall Indentation

Near Home & Garden Center

Sample 20 / 19-032-A-9214 Food Court/Mall- East Entrance

Near Shopping Buggy Staging Area


Sample 21-23 / 19-032-A-9214-19-035-A-9214 Food Court/Mall-Smoothie Cafe

Sample 24 & 25 / 19-036-A-9214 & 19-037-A-9214 Home & Garden Center-Storage Closet

Sample 26 / 19-038-A-9214 Home & Garden Center-Utility Room

Sample 27 / 19-039-A-9214 Home & Garden Center-Pet Aisle

Sample 27 / 19-039-A-9214 Home & Garden Center-Pet Aisle

Sample 28 / 19-040-A-9214 Home & Garden Center-Office Near Gun Sales


Sample 29 / 19-041-A-9214 Home & Garden Center-Mattress Sales Area

Sample 30 / 19-042-A-9214 Food Court/Mall-Above Main Entrance

Sample 31 / 19-043-A-9214 Food Court/Mall-North Wall Near Maintenance Closet Near Main

PX Entrance

Sample 32 / 19-044-A-9214 Food Court/Mall-

West Wall Near GNC


Sample 33 / 19-045-A-9214- Drywall

Food Court/Mall-East Wall Near Breaker Box Inside Maintenance Closet Near Main PX Entrance

Sample 34 & 35 / 19-046-A-9214 & 19-047-A-9214 Mudded Tape & Drywall

Food Court/Mall-Inside Maintenance Closet Near Main PX Entrance

Sample 36 / 19-048-A-9214-Drywall

Food Court/Mall- Southside Wall Above Windows

Sample 37 / 19-049-A-9214 Floor Tile Food Court/Mall-

Inside Maintenance Closet Near Main PX Entrance


Sample 38 & 39 / 19-050-A-9214 & 19-051-A-9214 – 2nd & 3rd Layer Floor Tile

Food Court/Mall-Beauty Shop

Sample 40 / 19-052-A-9214-Drywall Food Court/Mall-

Beauty Shop

Sample 41 & 42/ 19-053-A-9214 & 19-054-A-9214 – 2nd & 3rd Layer Floor Tile


Sample 43 & 44/ 19-055-A-9214 & 19-056-A-9214 – 1st & 2nd Layer Floor Tile




Beauty Shop

Sample 46 / 19-058-A-9214 Floor Tile Food Court/Mall-

Beauty Shop Bathroom

Sample 47 & 48/ 19-059-A-9214 & 19-060-A-9214 – 2nd & 3rd Layer Floor Tile


Sample 49 & 50/ 19-061-A-9214 & 19-062-A-9214 – Yellow TSI Insulation & Silver TSI Tape

Beauty Shop Kitchen


Sample 51 & 52/ 19-063-A-9214 & 19-064-A-9214 – 1st & 2nd Layer Floor Tile Food Court/Barber Shop

Sample 53 & 54 / 19-065-A-9214 & 19-066-A-9214-Drywall Food Court/Mall-

Above Barber Shop

Sample 55 / 19-067-A-9214- Drywall Surfacing Food Court/Mall-

Wall Outside Barber Shop

Sample 56 / 19-068-A-9214- Drywall Surfacing West Wall Outside



Sample 57 / 19-069-A-9214- Drywall Surfacing Food Court/Mall-West Wall Outside

Car Rental Office


Storage Closet Near Soda Fountain

Sample 59 / 19-071-A-9214- Drywall Food Court/Mall-

North Wall Outside Home & Garden Center

Sample 60 / 19-072-A-9214- Drywall Food Court/Mall-

Fire Alarm Pull Near Home & Garden Center


Sample 61 / 19-073-A-9214-Floor Tile Food Court/Mall-Under Carpet

Vista Optical

Sample 62 / 19-074-A-9214-Floor Tile Food Court/Mall-GNC

Sample 63 & 64 / 19-075-A-9214 & 19-076-A-9214 –Drywall Food Court/Mall-GNC @ Column

Sample 65 & 66/ 19-077-A-9214 & 19-078-A-9214 1st & 2nd Layer Floor Tile Food Court/Mall-Tactical


Sample 67 / 19-079-A-9214- Drywall Food Court/Mall- Tactical

Sample 68 & 69 / 19-080-A-9214 &19-081-A-9214 Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Car Rental

Sample 70 / 19-082-A-9214- Wall Coving Mastic Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop

Sample 71 & 72 / 19-088-A-9214 & 19-089-A-9214 TSI Home & Garden Center-

Above Drop Ceiling East Side Entrance


Sample 73 / 19-090-A-9214- White Ceiling Tile Home & Garden Center-Ceiling East Side Entrance

Sample 74 / 19-091-A-9214- Drywall Home & Garden Center-North East Corner

Sample 75 / 19-092-A-9214- Drywall Home & Garden Center-North East Corner

Sample 76 / 19-093-A-9214- TSI Elbow Home & Garden Center-North East Corner

Above Drop Ceiling


Sample 77 / 19-094-A-9214- TSI Home & Garden Center-

Above the Drop Ceiling Outside West Corner Office

Sample 78 / 19-095-A-9214- Drywall Home & Garden Center-

Above the Drop Ceiling Outside West Corner Office


Above the Drop Ceiling Over Gun Sales Counter


Above the Drop Ceiling Over Gun Sales Counter



Above the Drop Ceiling Over Storage Room



Sample 83 / 19-100-A-9214- Sealant Home & Garden Center-





Sample 85 / 19-108-A-9214- Floor Tile Food Court/Mall-Charley’s

Sample 90/ 19-113-A-9214- Floor Tile Food Court/Mall-Sink Area Between Popeye’s & Subway

Sample 91/ 19-114-A-9214- Drywall Food Court/Mall-

Storage Area Behind Subway

Sample 92/ 19-115-A-9214- Wall Tile Food Court/Mall-

Hallway Between Popeye’s & Smoothie Café


Sample 93 /19-116-A-9214-Wallboard Food Court/Mall-

Hallway Between Popeye’s & Smoothie Cafe

Sample 94 /19-117-A-9214-Wall Tile Food Court/Mall-

Hallway Between Popeye’s & Smoothie Café

Sample 95 -97/19-118-A-9214-19-120-A-9214 Food Court/Mall-

Entrance to Smoothie Cafe

Sample 98 -100/19-121-A-9214-19-123-A-9214 Food Court/Mall-

Hallway Behind Subway & Popeye’s


Sample 101 /19-124-A-9214-Ceiling Drywall Food Court/Mall-

Hallway Behind Smoothie Cafe


Hallway Behind Subway


Hallway Behind Popeye’s


Subway Food Prep Area


Subway Food Prep Area


Smoothie Café Ceiling


Sample 107 /19-130-A-9214- Drywall Food Court/Mall-

Above Drop Ceiling Fire Wall GNC Office


Wall GNC


East Entrance Foyer Ceiling


East Entrance Foyer Men’s Room Ceiling


Sample 111 /19-134-A-9214- Drywall

Main PX- Above Drop Ceiling Front Entrance

Sample 112 /19-135-A-9214- Drywall Main PX-

Above Drop Ceiling Northeast Corner/Fitting Room

Sample 113 /19-136-A-9214- Drywall Surfacing

Main PX- Northeast Aisle Column


Loss Prevention Office



Cash Cage Closet


IT Room Wall

Sample 118 /19-141-A-9214- Floor Tile Main PX-

Store Room Office

Sample 119 /19-142-A-9214- Floor Tile Main PX-

Cash Cage


Sample 120 /19-143-A-9214- Drywall Main PX-Drywall Above

Armed Force Bank


Store Room East Wall


Store Room West Wall Near Transformer


Store Room Janitor’s Closet


Sample 125 /19-148-A-9214- Duct Tape & Mastic Main PX-

Store Room Mezzanine

Sample 126 /19-149-A-9214- TSI Main PX-


Sample 127 /19-150-A-9214- TSI Main PX-


ATTACHMENT 3-SAMPLE RESULTS

Table 2-Sample Results Summary

TABLE 2 PAGE 1

CS Sample ID DPW Sample ID HMA No. / Material Type Room No. /Area Results 01-A 19-013-A-9214 1-1-White Floor Tile Main PX- SE Corner None Detected 01-B 19-013-A-9214 1-2-Floor Tile Yellow Mastic Main PX- SE Corner None Detected 02-A 19-014-A-9214 1-1-White Floor Tile Main PX –

Office Near Marker Display None Detected

02-B 19-014-A-9214 1-2-Floor Tile Yellow Mastic Main PX- Office Near Marker Display

None Detected

03-A 19-015-A-9214 1-1-White Floor Tile Main PX- Electronics Aisle Near Bank

None Detected

03-B 19-015-A-9214 1-2-Floor Tile Yellow Mastic Main PX- Electronics Aisle Near Bank

None Detected

04-A 19-016-A-9214 1-1-White Floor Tile Main PX- Column Near Men’s Clothing

None Detected

04-B 19-016-A-9214 1-2-Floor Tile Yellow Mastic Main PX- Column Near Men’s Clothing

None Detected

05 19-017-A-9214 2-1- Black Mastic Main PX-Under Wood Door to Loss Prevention Office Near

Main Entrance

3% Chrysotile

06-A 19-018-A-9214 1-1-White Floor Tile Main PX- Main Floor Near Wood Door to

Loss Prevention Office Near Main Entrance

None Detected

06-B 19-018-A-9214 1-2-Floor Tile Yellow Mastic Main PX- Main Floor Near Wood Door to

Loss Prevention Office Near Main Entrance

None Detected

07 19-019-A-9214 3-1-Yellow Carpet Adhesive Main PX-Carpeted Area Near Loss Prevention Office

None Detected

08-A 19-020-A-9214 1-1-White Floor Tile Main PX- Customer Service Register

None Detected

08-B 19-020-A-9214 1-2-Floor Tile Yellow Mastic Main PX- Customer Service Register

None Detected

09-A 19-021-A-9214 1-1-White Floor Tile Main PX- Linen Aisle

None Detected

09-B 19-021-A-9214 1-2-Floor Tile Yellow Mastic Main PX- Linen Aisle

None Detected

10-A 19-022-A-9214 1-1-White Floor Tile Main PX- Near Employee Breakroom

None Detected

10-B 19-022-A-9214 1-2-Floor Tile Yellow Mastic Main PX- Near Employee Breakroom

None Detected

11-A 19-023-A-9214 4-1-Grey Floor Tile Main PX- Men’s Employee Restroom

None Detected

11-B 19-023-A-9214 4-2-Black Grout Main PX- Men’s Employee Restroom

None Detected

12-A 19-024-A-9214 5-1-White -Greyish Wall Tile Main PX- Men’s Employee Restroom

None Detected

12-B 19-024-A-9214 5-2-White Wall Tile Grout Main PX- Men’s Employee Restroom

None Detected

13 19-025-A-9214 6-1 Black/Grey Wall Tile Grout

Main PX- Men’s Employee Restroom

None Detected


TABLE 2 PAGE 2

CS Sample ID DPW Sample ID HMA No. / Material Type Room No. /Area Results 14-A 19-026-A-9214 7-1 Grey/Tan Floor Tile Food Court/Mall-South Wall None Detected 14-B 19-026-A-9214 7-2 Black Grout Food Court/Mall- South Wall None Detected 15-A 19-027-A-9214 8-1 Grey/Tan Floor Tile Food Court/Mall-

Near ATM Machine None Detected

15-B 19-027-A-9214 8-1 Grey/White Grout Food Court/Mall- Near ATM Machine

None Detected

16-A 19-028-A-9214 8-1 Grey/Tan Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Outside Barber Shop

None Detected

16-B 19-028-A-9214 8-1 Grey/White Grout Food Court/Mall- Outside Barber Shop

None Detected

17 19-029-A-9214 9-1 Black Grout Food Court/Mall- Outside Barber Shop

None Detected

18-A 19-030-A-9214 7-1 Grey/Tan Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Soda Fountain

None Detected

18-B 19-030-A-9214 7-2 Black Grout Food Court/Mall- Soda Fountain

None Detected

19-A 19-031-A-9214 7-1 Grey/Tan Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- West Wall Indentation Near


None Detected

19-B 19-031-A-9214 7-2 Black Grout Food Court/Mall- West Wall Indentation Near


None Detected

20-A 19-032-A-9214 7-1 Grey/Tan Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- East Entrance Near Shopping

Buggy Staging Area

None Detected

20-B 19-032-A-9214 7-2 Black Grout Food Court/Mall- East Entrance Near Shopping

Buggy Staging Area

None Detected

21-A 19-033-A-9214 10-1-Red Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

21-B 19-033-A-9214 10-2-Green Grout Food Court/Mall- Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

21-C 19-033-A-9214 10-3-Tan Thin Set Food Court/Mall- Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

22-A 19-034-A-9214 10-4-White Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

22-B 19-034-A-9214 10-5-Black Grout Food Court/Mall- Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

22-C 19-034-A-9214 10-3-Tan Thin Set Food Court/Mall- Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

23-A 19-035-A-9214 10-1-Red Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

23-B 19-035-A-9214 10-6-Gray Grout Food Court/Mall- Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

24-A 19-036-A-9214 11-1-Brown/Gray Drywall Home & Garden Center- Storage Closet

None Detected

24-B 19-036-A-9214 11-2-White Joint Compound Home & Garden Center- Storage Closet

None Detected


TABLE 2 PAGE 3

CS Sample ID DPW Sample ID HMA No. / Material Type Room No. /Area Results 25-A 19-037-A-9214 12-1-Gray Floor Tile Home & Garden Center-

Storage Closet None Detected

25-B 19-037-A-9214 12-2- Black Mastic Home & Garden Center- Storage Closet

None Detected

26-A 19-038-A-9214 13-1- White Floor Tile Home & Garden Center- Utility Room

None Detected

26-B 19-038-A-9214 13-2-Tan Mastic Home & Garden Center- Utility Room

None Detected

27-A 19-039-A-9214 13-1- White Floor Tile Home & Garden Center- Pet Aisle

None Detected

27-B 19-039-A-9214 13-2-Tan Mastic Home & Garden Center- Pet Aisle

None Detected

28-A 19-040-A-9214 13-1- White Floor Tile Home & Garden Center- Office Near Gun Sales

None Detected

28-B 19-040-A-9214 13-2-Tan Mastic Home & Garden Center- Office Near Gun Sales

None Detected

29-A 19-041-A-9214 13-1- White Floor Tile Home & Garden Center- Mattress Sales Area

None Detected

29-B 19-041-A-9214 13-2-Tan Mastic Home & Garden Center- Mattress Sales Area

None Detected

30-A 19-042-A-9214 14-1-Brown Drywall Food Court/Mall- Above Main Entrance

None Detected

30-B 19-042-A-9214 14-2- White Texture Coating Food Court/Mall- Above Main Entrance

None Detected

31-A 19-043-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Food Court/Mall- North Wall Near Maintenance Closet Near Main PX Entrance

None Detected

31-B 19-043-A-9214 15-3- White Joint Compound Food Court/Mall- North Wall Near Maintenance Closet Near Main PX Entrance

None Detected

32-A 19-044-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Food Court/Mall- West Wall Near GNC

None Detected

32-B 19-044-A-9214 15-2- White Texture Coating Food Court/Mall- West Wall Near GNC

None Detected

33-A 19-045-A-9214 16-1-Brown/White Drywall Food Court/Mall- East Wall Near Breaker Box


None Detected

33-B 19-045-A-9214 16-2-White Texture Coating Food Court/Mall- East Wall Near Breaker Box


None Detected

34 19-046-A-9214 17-1-White Mudded Tape at Air Handler

Food Court/Mall- Inside Maintenance Closet Near

Main PX Entrance

None Detected

35-A 19-047-A-9214 16-1-Brown/White Drywall Food Court/Mall- North Wall Near Air Handler


None Detected


TABLE 2 PAGE 4

CS Sample ID DPW Sample ID HMA No. / Material Type Room No. /Area Results 35-B 19-047-A-9214 16-2-White Texture Coating Food Court/Mall-

East Wall Near breaker Box Inside Maintenance Closet Near

Main PX Entrance

None Detected

36-A 19-048-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Food Court/Mall- Southside Wall Above Windows

None Detected

36-B 19-048-A-9214 15-2- White Texture Coating Food Court/Mall- Southside Wall Above Windows

None Detected

37-A 19-049-A-9214 7-1 Grey/Tan Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Inside Maintenance Closet Near

Main PX Entrance

None Detected

37-B 19-049-A-9214 7-2 Black Grout Food Court/Mall- Inside Maintenance Closet Near

Main PX Entrance

None Detected

38-A 19-050-A-9214 18-1- 2nd Layer White Floor Tile

Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop

None Detected

38-B 19-050-A-9214 18-2- 2nd Layer Floor Tile Yellow Mastic


None Detected

39-A 19-051-A-9214 19-1- 3rd Layer White Floor Tile


2% Chrysotile

39-B 19-051-A-9214 19-2- 3rd Layer White Floor Tile Black Mastic


3% Chrysotile

40-A 19-052-A-9214 20-1-White Drywall Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop

None Detected

40-B 19-052-A-9214 20-2-Drywall Surfacing Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop

None Detected



None Detected



None Detected



None Detected



6% Chrysotile

43-A 19-055-A-9214 21-1-1st Layer White Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop

None Detected

43-B 19-055-A-9214 21-2-1st Layer White Floor Tile Yellow Mastic


None Detected



None Detected



None Detected

45-A 19-057-A-9214 20-1-White Drywall Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop

None Detected

45-B 19-057-A-9214 20-2-Blue Wallpaper/ Drywall Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop

None Detected

45-C 19-057-A-9214 20-3-Tan Drywall Adhesive Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop

None Detected


TABLE 2 PAGE 5

CS Sample ID DPW Sample ID HMA No. / Material Type Room No. /Area Results 46-A 19-058-A-9214 21-1- 1st Layer Green Floor

Tile Food Court/Mall-

Beauty Shop Bathroom None Detected

46-B 19-058-A-9214 21-2- 2nd Layer White/Green Floor Tile

Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop Bathroom

None Detected

46-C 19-058-A-9214 21-3- Floor Tile Grout Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop Bathroom

None Detected



None Detected



None Detected



None Detected



None Detected

49 19-061-A-9214 22-1-Yellow Pipe Insulation Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop Kitchen

None Detected

50 19-062-A-9214 23-1-Silver Pipe Insulation Tape

Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop Kitchen

None Detected

51-A 19-063-A-9214 21-1-1st Layer White Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Barber Shop

None Detected


Food Court/Mall- Barber Shop

None Detected



None Detected



None Detected

53-A 19-065-A-9214 24-1- Tan Wall Surfacing Food Court/Mall- Wall Outside Barber Shop

None Detected

53-B 19-065-A-9214 24-2 White Wall Surfacing Food Court/Mall- Wall Outside Barber Shop

None Detected

54 19-066-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Food Court/Mall- Wall Outside Barber Shop

None Detected

55-A 19-067-A-9214 24-1- Tan Wall Surfacing Food Court/Mall- Wall Outside Barber Shop

None Detected

55-B 19-067-A-9214 24-2 White Wall Surfacing Food Court/Mall- Wall Outside Barber Shop

None Detected

56-A 19-068-A-9214 24-1- Tan Wall Surfacing Food Court/Mall- West Wall Outside


None Detected

56-B 19-068-A-9214 24-2 White Wall Surfacing Food Court/Mall- West Wall Outside


None Detected

57-A 19-069-A-9214 24-1- Tan Wall Surfacing Food Court/Mall- West Wall Outside Car Rental Office

None Detected

57-B 19-069-A-9214 24-2 White Wall Surfacing Food Court/Mall- West Wall Outside Car Rental Office

None Detected


TABLE 2 PAGE 6

CS Sample ID DPW Sample ID HMA No. / Material Type Room No. /Area Results 58-A 19-070-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall

Food Court/Mall-

Storage Closet Near Soda Fountain

None Detected

58-B 19-070-A-9214 15-3- White Joint Compound Food Court/Mall- Storage Closet

Near Soda Fountain

None Detected

58-C 19-070-A-9214 15-2- White Texture Coating Food Court/Mall- Storage Closet

Near Soda Fountain

None Detected

59 19-071-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Food Court/Mall- North Wall Outside


None Detected

60-A 19-072-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Food Court/Mall- Fire Alarm Pull Near


None Detected

60-B 19-072-A-9214 15-2- White Texture Coating Food Court/Mall- Fire Alarm Pull Near


None Detected

61 19-073-A-9214 25-1-White Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Under Carpet Vista Optical

None Detected

62-A 19-074-A-9214 1-1-White Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- GNC

None Detected

62-B 19-074-A-9214 1-2-Floor Tile Yellow Mastic Food Court/Mall- GNC

None Detected

62-C 19-074-A-9214 1-3-Gray Floor Tile Leveler Food Court/Mall- GNC

None Detected

63-A 19-075-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Food Court/Mall- GNC @ Column

None Detected

63-B 19-075-A-9214 15-3- White Joint Compound Food Court/Mall- GNC @ Column

None Detected

64 19-076-A-9214 26-1 White Surfacing Material Food Court/Mall- GNC @ Column

None Detected

65-A 19-077-A-9214 21-1-1st Layer White Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Tactical

None Detected


Food Court/Mall- Tactical

None Detected



None Detected



None Detected

67 19-079-A-9214 26-1 White Surfacing Material Food Court/Mall- Tactical

None Detected

68-A 19-080-A-9214 21-1-1st Layer White Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Car Rental

None Detected


Food Court/Mall- Car Rental

None Detected


Food Court/Mall- Car Rental

None Detected


TABLE 2 PAGE 7

CS Sample ID DPW Sample ID HMA No. / Material Type Room No. /Area Results 69-B 19-081-A-9214 18-2- 2nd Layer Floor Tile

Yellow Mastic Food Court/Mall-

Car Rental None Detected

70 19-082-A-9214 27-1-Tan Wall Coving Mastic Food Court/Mall- Beauty Shop

None Detected

71 19-088-A-9214 28-1- TSI Yellow-1"Pipe Home & Garden Center- Above Drop Ceiling East Side

Entrance

None Detected

72 19-089-A-9214 29-1- Tan/Silver TSI Wrap Home & Garden Center- Above Drop Ceiling East Side

Entrance

None Detected

73 19-090-A-9214 30-1- White Ceiling Tile Home & Garden Center-Ceiling East Side Entrance

None Detected

74-A 19-091-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Home & Garden Center- North East Corner

None Detected

74-B 19-091-A-9214 15-3- White Joint Compound Home & Garden Center- North East Corner

None Detected

75-A 19-092-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Home & Garden Center- East Entrance To

Appliance/Mattress Area

None Detected

75-B 19-092-A-9214 15-2- White Texture Coating Home & Garden Center- East Entrance To

Appliance/Mattress Area

None Detected

76 19-093-A-9214 31-1- Grey Plaster on 1” Pipe Elbow

Home & Garden Center- North East Corner Above Drop Ceiling

<1% Amosite 4% Chrysotile

77 19-094-A-9214 28-1- TSI Yellow-1"Pipe Home & Garden Center- Outside West Corner Office

None Detected

78 19-095-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Home & Garden Center- Outside West Corner Office

None Detected

79-A 19-096-A-9214 32-1- Yellow TSI- 2 “ Pipe Home & Garden Center- Above the Drop Ceiling Over

Gun Sales Counter

None Detected

79-B 19-096-A-9214 32-2- 2”TSI White Tape Wrap Home & Garden Center- Above the Drop Ceiling Over

Gun Sales Counter

None Detected

80-A 19-097-A-9214 28-1- TSI Yellow-1"Pipe Home & Garden Center- Above the Drop Ceiling Over

Gun Sales Counter

None Detected

80-B 19-097-A-9214 29-1- Tan/Silver TSI Wrap Home & Garden Center- Above the Drop Ceiling Over

Gun Sales Counter

None Detected

81-A 19-098-A-9214 28-1- TSI Yellow-1"Pipe Home & Garden Center- Above Storage Room

None Detected

81-B 19-098-A-9214 29-1- Tan/Silver TSI Wrap Home & Garden Center- Above Storage Room

None Detected

82 19-099-A-9214 33-1-HVAC Drain Pipe TSI Home & Garden Center- Above Storage Room

None Detected

83 19-100-A-9214 34-1-HVAC Sealant Home & Garden Center- Above Storage Room

None Detected


TABLE 2 PAGE 8

CS Sample ID DPW Sample ID HMA No. / Material Type Room No. /Area Results 84-A 19-101-A-9214 35-1-Large Pipe Union Yellow

TSI Home & Garden Center-

Above Storage Room None Detected

84-B 19-101-A-9214 35-2- Large Pipe Union TSI Tape

Home & Garden Center- Above Storage Room

None Detected

85-A 19-108-A-9214 36-1 Gray Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Charley’s

None Detected

85-B 19-108-A-9214 36-2-Black Floor Tile Grout Food Court/Mall- Charley’s

None Detected

86 19-109-A-9214 36-1-Gray Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Subway Storage Room

None Detected

87-A 19-110-A-9214 36-1-Gray Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Near Office Behind Popeye’s

None Detected

87-B 19-110-A-9214 36-2-Black Floor Tile Grout Food Court/Mall- Near Office Behind Popeye’s

None Detected

88 19-111-A-9214 37-1-Red Brown Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Popeye’s

None Detected

89-A 19-112-A-9214 37-1-Red Brown Floor Tile Food Court/Mall- Popeye’s

None Detected

89-B 19-112-A-9214 37-2- Black Floor Tile Grout Food Court/Mall- Popeye’s

None Detected

89-C 19-112-A-9214 37-3- Gray Thin Set Food Court/Mall- Popeye’s

None Detected

90-A 19-113-A-9214 36-1-Gray Floor Tile Food Court/Mall-Sink Area Between Popeye’s & Subway

None Detected

90-B 19-113-A-9214 38-1-Brown Grout Food Court/Mall-Sink Area Between Popeye’s & Subway

None Detected

91-A 19-114-A-9214 39-1-Brown Drywall Food Court/Mall- Storage Area Behind Subway

None Detected

91-B 19-114-A-9214 39-2- White Joint Compound Food Court/Mall- Storage Area Behind Subway

None Detected

92-A 19-115-A-9214 40-1- White Wall Tile Food Court/Mall- Hallway Between Popeye’s &

Smoothie

None Detected

92-B 19-115-A-9214 40-2- Red Wall Tile Grout Food Court/Mall- Hallway Between Popeye’s &

Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

92-C 19-115-A-9214 40-3- White Wall Tile Thinset Food Court/Mall- Hallway Between Popeye’s &

Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

93-A 19-116-A-9214 39-1-Brown Drywall Backer Board

Food Court/Mall- Hallway Between Popeye’s &

Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

93-B 19-116-A-9214 41-1 White Caulk Food Court/Mall- Hallway Between Popeye’s &

Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

94-A 19-117-A-9214 42-1- Red Wall Tile Food Court/Mall- Entrance to Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

94-B 19-117-A-9214 42-2- Tan Wall Tile Grout Food Court/Mall- Entrance to Smoothie Cafe

None Detected


TABLE 2 PAGE 9

CS Sample ID DPW Sample ID HMA No. / Material Type Room No. /Area Results 95 19-118-A-9214 42-2-Tan Wall Tile Grout Food Court/Mall-

Entrance to Smoothie Cafe None Detected

96-A 19-119-A-9214 43-1-Tan Mastic Food Court/Mall- Entrance to Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

96-B 19-119-A-9214 39-1-Brown Drywall Backer Board

Food Court/Mall- Entrance to Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

97-A 19-120-A-9214 44-1-Grey Wall Tile Food Court/Mall- Entrance to Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

97-B 19-120-A-9214 44-2-Brown Wall Tile Grout Food Court/Mall- Entrance to Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

98 19-121-A-9214 45-1-Gray-Tan Wall Tile Food Court/Mall- Hallway Behind Subway &

Popeye’s

None Detected

99-A 19-122-A-9214 46-1-Brown Wall Coving Food Court/Mall- Hallway Behind Subway &

Popeye’s

None Detected

99-B 19-122-A-9214 46-2-Brown Wall Coving White Mastic

Food Court/Mall- Hallway Behind Subway &

Popeye’s

None Detected

100-A 19-123-A-9214 44-1-Grey Wall Tile Food Court/Mall- Hallway Behind Subway &

Popeye’s

None Detected

100-B 19-123-A-9214 40-2-Red Wall Tile Grout Food Court/Mall- Hallway Behind Subway &

Popeye’s

None Detected

101-A 19-124-A-9214 47-1- Tan Ceiling Drywall Food Court/Mall- Hallway Behind Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

101-B 19-124-A-9214 47-2- White Ceiling Drywall Joint Compound

Food Court/Mall- Hallway Behind Smoothie Cafe

None Detected

102 19-125-A-9214 47-1- Tan Ceiling Drywall Food Court/Mall- Hallway Behind Subway

None Detected

103-A 19-126-A-9214 47-1- Tan Ceiling Drywall Food Court/Mall- Hallway Behind Popeye’s

None Detected


Food Court/Mall- Hallway Behind Popeye’s

None Detected

104-A 19-127-A-9214 47-1- Tan Ceiling Drywall Food Court/Mall- Subway Food Prep Area

None Detected


Food Court/Mall- Subway Food Prep Area

None Detected

105-A 19-128-A-9214 47-1- Tan Ceiling Drywall Food Court/Mall- Subway Food Prep Area

None Detected


Food Court/Mall- Subway Food Prep Area

None Detected

106 19-129-A-9214 47-1- Tan Ceiling Drywall Food Court/Mall- Smoothie Café Ceiling

None Detected

107 19-130-A-9214 48-1- Gray Wall Drywall Food Court/Mall- Above Drop Ceiling Fire Wall

GNC Office

None Detected


TABLE 2 PAGE 10

CS Sample ID DPW Sample ID HMA No. / Material Type Room No. /Area Results 108 19-131-A-9214 47-1- Tan Drywall Food Court/Mall-

Wall GNC None Detected

109-A 19-132-A-9214 47-1- Tan Drywall Food Court/Mall- East Entrance Foyer Ceiling

None Detected


Food Court/Mall- East Entrance Foyer Ceiling

None Detected

110 19-133-A-9214 47-1- Tan Drywall Food Court/Mall- East Entrance Foyer Men’s

Room Ceiling

None Detected

111 19-134-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Main PX- Above Drop Ceiling Front

Entrance

None Detected

112-A 19-135-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Main PX- Above Drop Ceiling

Northeast Corner/Fitting Room

None Detected

112-B 19-135-A-9214 15-3- White Joint Compound Main PX- Above Drop Ceiling

Northeast Corner/Fitting Room

None Detected

113 19-136-A-9214 48-1 White Drywall Surfacing Main PX- Northeast Aisle Column

None Detected

114 19-137-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Main PX- Loss Prevention Office

None Detected

114 19-137-A-9214 15-3- White Joint Compound Main PX- Loss Prevention Office

None Detected

115 19-138-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Main PX- Cash Cage Closet

None Detected

116 19-139-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Main PX- IT Room Wall

None Detected

117-A 19-140-A-9214 1-1-White Floor Tile Main PX- IT Room Floor

None Detected

117-B 19-140-A-9214 1-2-Floor Tile Yellow Mastic Main PX- IT Room Floor

None Detected

118-A 19-141-A-9214 49-1-White Floor Tile Main PX- Store Room Office

None Detected

118-B 19-141-A-9214 49-2- Black Floor Tile Mastic Main PX- Store Room Office

None Detected

119-A 19-142-A-9214 49-1-White Floor Tile Main PX- Cash Cage

None Detected

119-B 19-142-A-9214 49-2- Black Floor Tile Mastic Main PX- Cash Cage

None Detected

120 19-143-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Main PX- Drywall Above

Armed Force Bank

None Detected

121 19-144-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Main PX- Store Room East Wall

None Detected

122-A 19-145-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Main PX- Store Room West Wall

Near Transformer

None Detected


TABLE 2 PAGE 11

CS Sample ID DPW Sample ID HMA No. / Material Type Room No. /Area Results 122-B 19-145-A-9214 15-3- White Joint Compound Main PX-

Store Room West Wall Near Transformer

None Detected

123-A 19-146-A-9214 15-1-Brown Drywall Main PX- Store Room Janitor’s Closet

None Detected

123-B 19-146-A-9214 15-3- White Joint Compound Main PX- Store Room Janitor’s Closet

None Detected

124-A 19-147-A-9214 50-1-White Floor Tile, 1st Layer

Main PX- Store Room Gun Room

None Detected

124-B 19-147-A-9214 50-2-White Floor Tile Mastic, 1st Layer


None Detected

125 19-148-A-9214 51-1-White HVAC Duct Tape Main PX- Store Room Mezzanine

None Detected

126-A 19-149-A-9214 52-1-White TSI Mastic, Small Pipe

Main PX- Store Room Mezzanine

None Detected

126-B 19-149-A-9214 52-2-Yellow TSI, Small Pipe Main PX- Store Room Mezzanine

None Detected

127-A 19-150-A-9214 53-1-Tan/Silver TSI Pipe Wrap, Large Pipe


None Detected

127-B 19-150-A-9214 53-1-Yellow TSI Pipe, Large Pipe


None Detected

128-A 19-151-A-9214 54-1-Gray/White Floor Tile, 2nd Layer


None Detected

128-B 19-151-A-9214 54-2-Yellow Floor Tile Mastic, 2nd Layer


None Detected

Collected by DPW-ENV

19-001-A-9214 TSI White/Silver/Yellow Fibrous Heterogeneous

Food Court/Mall- Above Drop Ceiling at

Charley’s

None Detected


19-006-A-9214 White Pipe Insulation Food Court/Mall- Mechanical Room

None Detected


19-006-A-9214 White Duct Mastic for Pipe Insulation

Food Court/Mall- Mechanical Room

None Detected


19-007-A-9214 White/silver/Yellow Pipe Insulation

Food Court/Mall- Mechanical Room

None Detected

ATTACHMENT 4- LABORATORY REPORT ASBESTOS

EMSL Analytical, Inc.3303 PARKWAY CENTER COURT Orlando, FL 32808

Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063

http://www.EMSL.com / [email protected]

341900889EMSL Order:

Customer ID: TAND42

Customer PO: 10A025.001.104

Project ID:

Attention: Phone:Brandie Moser (334) 343-3331

Fax:Trinity Analysis and Development

Received Date:1002 N Eglin Parkway 01/15/2019 10:00 AM

Analysis Date:Shalimar, FL 32579 01/16/2019

Collected Date:

Project: 10A025.001.104

Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized

Light Microscopy

Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous

Non-Asbestos Asbestos

% Type

19-001-A-9214-

Charleys

341900889-0001

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)10%Cellulose

Min. Wool

10%

80%

White/Silver/Yellow

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Pipe Insulation Above

Ceiling Outside Of

Charleys

19-002-A-9214-Chiller

341900889-0002

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%White/Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Exterior Foam

Insulation At The

Chiller

19-003-A-9214-Chiller

341900889-0003

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Foam Insulation

Underneath The

Chiller

19-004-A-9214-Chiller

341900889-0004

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)2%Min. Wool98%White

Fibrous

Homogeneous

Exterior Pipe (Elbow)

Insulation At The

Chiller

19-005-A-9214-Chiller

341900889-0005

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)2%Min. Wool98%Yellow

Fibrous

Homogeneous

Pipe Insulation At The

Chiller

19-006-A-9214-

MechRoom-Duct Mastic

341900889-0006

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Pipe Insulation In The

Mechanical Room

19-006-A-9214-

MechRoom-Insulation

341900889-0006A


Fibrous

Homogeneous


Mechanical Room

19-007-A-9214-

MechRoom

341900889-0007


Min. Wool

10%

80%

White/Silver/Yellow

Fibrous

Heterogeneous


Mechanical Room

Initial report from: 01/16/2019 09:57:26

Page 1 of 2ASB_PLM_0008_0001 - 1.78 Printed: 1/16/2019 9:57 AM

Samples Highlighted in Yellow were Collected by DPW-ENV

CSE LLC

Highlight

CSE LLC

Highlight

CSE LLC

Highlight

CSE LLC

Highlight


Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:





Collected Date: 01/24/2019

Project: 10A025.001.104 - Ft. Rucker Exchange


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-013-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0001


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX SE Corner -

Floor Tile + Mastic

Yellow

19-013-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0001A

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Yellow

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX SE Corner -

Floor Tile + Mastic

Yellow

19-014-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0002


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Office Near

Marker Display - FT +

Mastic Yellow

19-014-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0002A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Office Near

Marker Display - FT +

Mastic Yellow

19-015-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0003


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Electronics

Aisle Near Bank - FT

+ Mastic Yellow

19-015-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0003A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Electronics

Aisle Near Bank - FT

+ Mastic Yellow

19-016-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0004


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Columne

Near Mens Clothing -

FT + Mastic Yellow

19-016-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0004A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Columne

Near Mens Clothing -

FT + Mastic Yellow

19-017-A-9214

341901513-0005

3% ChrysotileNon-fibrous (Other)97%Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Wood Door

Left Of Entrance -

Black Mastic

19-018-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0006


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Wood Dr Lft

Of Entrance - White

FT + Yellow Mastic

19-018-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0006A

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Tan

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Wood Dr Lft

Of Entrance - White

FT + Yellow Mastic

19-019-A-9214

341901513-0007


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Wood Dr Lft

Of Entrance - Yellow

Carpet Adhesive

19-020-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0008


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Customer

Svc - White FT +

Yellow Mastic

19-020-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0008A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Customer

Svc - White FT +

Yellow Mastic




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-021-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0009


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Lines Aisle -

White FT + Yellow

Mastic

19-021-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0009A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Lines Aisle -

White FT + Yellow

Mastic

19-022-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0010


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Near

Breakroom - White FT

+ Yellow Mastic

19-022-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0010A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Main PX Near

Breakroom - White FT

+ Yellow Mastic

19-023-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341901513-0011

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Gray

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Mens Bathroom

Corner - Gray FT +

Black Grout

19-023-A-9214-Grout

341901513-0011A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Mens Bathroom

Corner - Gray FT +

Black Grout

19-024-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341901513-0012


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Mens Bathroom

Corner Wall - Gray

Wall Tile + Grout

19-024-A-9214-Grout

341901513-0012A

None DetectedCa Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Mens Bathroom

Corner Wall - Gray

Wall Tile + Grout

19-025-A-9214

341901513-0013

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Gray

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Mens Bathroom

Corner Wall - Black

Grout

19-026-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341901513-0014


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Food Court South

Wall - Gray FT +

Black Grout

19-026-A-9214-Grout

341901513-0014A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Food Court South

Wall - Gray FT +

Black Grout

19-027-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341901513-0015


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Food Court ATM

Machine - Gray FT +

White Grout

19-027-A-9214-Grout

341901513-0015A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Gray

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Food Court ATM

Machine - Gray FT +

White Grout

19-028-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341901513-0016


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FC @ Barber Shop -

Gray FT + White

Grout

19-028-A-9214-Grout

341901513-0016A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Gray

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FC @ Barber Shop -

Gray FT + White

Grout

19-029-A-9214

341901513-0017

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FC @ Barber Shop -

Black Grout

19-030-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341901513-0018


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FC @ Soda Fountain

- Gray FT + Black

Grout




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-030-A-9214-Grout

341901513-0018A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FC @ Soda Fountain

- Gray FT + Black

Grout

19-031-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341901513-0019


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FC @ West Wall Ind

Near Home & Garden

- Gray FT + Black

Grout

19-031-A-9214-Grout

341901513-0019A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FC @ West Wall Ind

Near Home & Garden

- Gray FT + Black

Grout

19-032-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341901513-0020


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FC @ East Entrance

Bussy Area - Gray FT

+ Black Grout

19-032-A-9214-Grout

341901513-0020A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FC @ East Entrance

Bussy Area - Gray FT

+ Black Grout

19-033-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341901513-0021

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Red

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Smoothie Café - Red

FT + Mastic

No Mastic present.

19-033-A-9214-Grout

341901513-0021A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Green

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous


FT + Mastic

19-033-A-9214-Thinset

341901513-0021B

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Tan

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous


FT + Mastic

19-034-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341901513-0022


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Smoothie Café -

White FT + Mastic

No Mastic present.

19-034-A-9214-Grout

341901513-0022A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Smoothie Café -

White FT + Mastic

19-034-A-9214-Thinset

341901513-0022B

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Tan

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Smoothie Café -

White FT + Mastic

19-035-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341901513-0023


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous


FT + Mastic

No Mastic present.

19-035-A-9214-Grout

341901513-0023A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Gray

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous


FT + Mastic

19-036-A-9214-Drywall

341901513-0024

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose

Glass

10%

<1%

Brown/Gray

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Home & Garden

Storage Closet -

Drywall W/Grey Tape

19-036-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341901513-0024A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Home & Garden

Storage Closet -

Drywall W/Grey Tape




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-037-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0025


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Home & Garden

Storage Closet -

Greyish FT + Black

Mastic

19-037-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0025A

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)90%Synthetic10%Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Home & Garden

Storage Closet -

Greyish FT + Black

Mastic

19-038-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0026


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Home & Garden

Utility Room - White

FT + Yellow Mastic

19-038-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0026A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Home & Garden

Utility Room - White

FT + Yellow Mastic

19-039-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0027


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Home & Garden At

Pet Aisle - White FT +

Yellow Mastic

19-039-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0027A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Home & Garden At

Pet Aisle - White FT +

Yellow Mastic

19-040-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0028


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Home & Garden

Office Near Gun

Sales - White FT +

Yellow Mastic

19-040-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0028A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Home & Garden

Office Near Gun

Sales - White FT +

Yellow Mastic

19-041-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901513-0029


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Home & Garden

Matric Sales Area -

White FT + Yellow

Mastic

19-041-A-9214-Mastic

341901513-0029A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Home & Garden

Matric Sales Area -

White FT + Yellow

Mastic

Analyst(s)

Jhon Rosario (56) Carlos Rivadeneyra, Laboratory Director

or Other Approved Signatory

EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis . The above analyses were performed in general compliance with Appendix E to Subpart E of 40 CFR (previously EPA 600/M4-82-020 "Interim

Method"), but augmented with procedures outlined in the 1993 ("final") version of the method. This report relates only to the samples reported above, and may not be reproduced, except in full, without

written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations . Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. All

samples received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST or any agency of

the federal government. EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction for all non -friable organically bound materials prior to analysis. Estimation of uncertainty is available on request.

Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Orlando, FL NVLAP Lab Code 101151-0




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:






Project: 10A025.001.104


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-042-A-9214-Drywall

341901636-0001

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose10%Brown

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Drywall Siding Main

Entrance

19-042-A-9214-Texture

341901636-0001A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Drywall Siding Main

Entrance

19-043-A-9214-Drywall

341901636-0002

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose10%Brown

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Drywall At Maint.

Closet

19-043-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341901636-0002A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Drywall At Maint.

Closet

19-044-A-9214-Drywall

341901636-0003

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose10%Brown/White

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Drywall GNC FC

19-044-A-9214-Texture

341901636-0003A

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)95%Synthetic5%White

Fibrous

Homogeneous

Drywall GNC FC

19-045-A-9214-Drywall

341901636-0004

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Drywall Near PX

Maint. Closet

19-045-A-9214-Texture

341901636-0004A


Non-fibrous (Other)

45%

55%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Drywall Near PX

Maint. Closet

19-046-A-9214

341901636-0005


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

A.C. Maint Closet

Rear PX

19-047-A-9214-Drywall

341901636-0006

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Drywall Maint. Closet

19-047-A-9214-Texture

341901636-0006A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Drywall Maint. Closet

19-048-A-9214-Drywall

341901636-0007

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Drywall Southside

Wall

19-048-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341901636-0007A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Drywall Southside

Wall

19-049-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0008

<1% ChrysotileNon-fibrous (Other)100%White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Maint. Closet Rear PX

FT & Mastic

19-049-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0008A

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)98%Cellulose2%Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Maint. Closet Rear PX

FT & Mastic




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-050-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0009


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 2nd

Layer FT Yellow

Mastic

19-050-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0009A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 2nd

Layer FT Yellow

Mastic

19-051-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0010

2% ChrysotileNon-fibrous (Other)98%White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 3rd

Layer FT Yellow

Mastic

19-051-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0010A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 3rd

Layer FT Yellow

Mastic

19-052-A-9214-Drywall

341901636-0011

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Beauty Shop White

Drywall

19-052-A-9214-Texture

341901636-0011A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop White

Drywall

19-053-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0012

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Beige

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 3rd

Layer FT & Black

Mastic

19-053-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0012A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 3rd

Layer FT & Black

Mastic

19-054-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0013

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Beige

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 3rd

Layer FT & Black

Mastic

19-054-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0013A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 3rd

Layer FT & Black

Mastic

19-055-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0014

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%White/Pink

Non-Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Beauty Shop 1st

Layer FT & Yellow

Mastic

19-055-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0014A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 1st

Layer FT & Yellow

Mastic

19-056-A-9214-Flooring

341901636-0015


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 2nd

Layer FT & Yellow

Mastic

19-056-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0015A

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Green

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 2nd

Layer FT & Yellow

Mastic

19-057-A-9214-Drywall

341901636-0016

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Beauty Shop White

Drywall

19-057-A-9214-

Wallpaper

341901636-0016A

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)90%Synthetic10%White/Blue

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Beauty Shop White

Drywall

19-057-A-9214-

Adhesive

341901636-0016B


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop White

Drywall




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-058-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile 1

341901636-0017

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Green

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop Green

FT

19-058-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile 2

341901636-0017A

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%White/Green

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop Green

FT

19-058-A-9214-Grout

341901636-0017B

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Gray

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop Green

FT

19-059-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0018


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 2nd

Layer FT

19-059-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0018A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 2nd

Layer FT

19-060-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0019


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 3rd

Layer FT

19-060-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0019A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop 3rd

Layer FT

19-061-A-9214

341901636-0020

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)1%Glass99%Yellow

Fibrous

Homogeneous

Beauty Shop Kitchen

Pipe Insulation

19-062-A-9214

341901636-0021


Glass

70%

5%

Silver/Beige

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Beauty Shop Kitchen

Pipe Tape

19-063-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0022


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Barber Shop Closet

Top Layer FT & Mast

19-063-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0022A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Barber Shop Closet

Top Layer FT & Mast

19-064-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0023


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Barber Shop Closet

Bottom Layer FT,

Black Mast

19-064-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0023A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Barber Shop Closet

Bottom Layer FT,

Black Mast

19-065-A-9214- Texture

1

341901636-0024


Mica

Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

5%

80%

Tan

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Wall Surface Material

Outside Barber Shop

19-065-A-9214- Texture

2

341901636-0024A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous


Outside Barber Shop

19-066-A-9214

341901636-0025

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose10%Brown/Gray

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Wall Drywall Outside

Barber Shop




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-067-A-9214- Texture

1

341901636-0026


Mica

Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

5%

80%

Tan

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous


Outside Barber Shop

19-067-A-9214- Texture

2

341901636-0026A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous


Outside Barber Shop

19-068-A-9214- Texture

1

341901636-0027


Mica

Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

5%

80%

Tan

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Lef Wall Near

Home/Garden White

Surface

19-068-A-9214- Texture

2

341901636-0027A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Lef Wall Near

Home/Garden White

Surface

19-069-A-9214- Texture

1

341901636-0028


Mica

Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

5%

80%

Tan

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Wall Near Car Rental

White Surface

19-069-A-9214- Texture

2

341901636-0028A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Wall Near Car Rental

White Surface

19-070-A-9214-Drywall

341901636-0029

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Closet Drywall Near

Drink Fountain

19-070-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341901636-0029A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Closet Drywall Near

Drink Fountain

19-070-A-9214-

Wallpaper

341901636-0029B

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)90%Synthetic10%White

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Closet Drywall Near

Drink Fountain

19-071-A-9214

341901636-0030

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Drywall Near Outside

Home/Garden

19-072-A-9214-Drywall

341901636-0031

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Drywall At Fire Pull

Station

19-072-A-9214-Texture

341901636-0031A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Drywall At Fire Pull

Station

19-073-A-9214

341901636-0032


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FT Under Carpet

Vista Optical

No Drywall Present.

19-074-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0033


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

GNC FT

19-074-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0033A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

GNC FT

19-074-A-9214-Leveler

341901636-0033B


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

Gray

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

GNC FT




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-075-A-9214-Drywall

341901636-0034

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Drywall Column At

GNC

19-075-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341901636-0034A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Drywall Column At

GNC

19-076-A-9214

341901636-0035


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Surface Material

Column At GNC

19-077-A-9214-Leveler

341901636-0036


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

Gray

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FT At Tactical And

Yellow Mastic

19-077-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0036A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FT At Tactical And

Yellow Mastic

19-078-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0037


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FT At Tactical And

Yellow Mastic

19-078-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0037A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FT At Tactical And

Yellow Mastic

19-079-A-9214

341901636-0038


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Surface Material At

Tactical

19-080-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0039


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FT Car Rental Top

Layer

19-080-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0039A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FT Car Rental Top

Layer

19-081-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341901636-0040


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FT Car Rental Bottom

Layer

19-081-A-9214-Mastic

341901636-0040A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

FT Car Rental Bottom

Layer

19-082-A-9214

341901636-0041


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Coving Mastic Beauty

Shop




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:

Analyst(s)

Carlos Rivadeneyra (35)

Jessicka Lopez (42)

Carlos Rivadeneyra, Laboratory Director











Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:






Project: 10A025.001.104


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-087-A-50102-Roof

Core

341901821-0001

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)75%Cellulose25%Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Roof On Bldg 50102

North

19-087-A-50102-Insulati

on

341901821-0001A

None DetectedPerlite

Non-fibrous (Other)

10%

50%

Cellulose40%Brown

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Roof On Bldg 50102

North

19-088-A-9214

341901821-0002


Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G-Above Drop

Ceiling Near Side

(East) - TSI Yellow-1"

Pipe

19-089-A-9214

341901821-0003


Glass

90%

2%

Tan/Silver

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

H&G-Above Drop

Ceiling Near Side

Entrance (East) - TSI

Wrap-White With

Silver

19-090-A-9214

341901821-0004

None DetectedPerlite

Non-fibrous (Other)

10%

20%

Cellulose

Min. Wool

40%

30%

Tan/White

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

H&G-Above Drop

Ceiling Near Side

Entrance (East) -

White Ceiling Tile

19-091-A-9214-Drywall

341901821-0005

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

H&G North East

Corner Wall - White

Drywall

19-091-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341901821-0005A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G North East

Corner Wall - White

Drywall

19-092-A-9214-Drywall

341901821-0006

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

H&G East Entrance

To Appliance/Mattress

- White Drywall

No Joint Compound Present.

19-092-A-9214-Texture

341901821-0006A


Non-fibrous (Other)

10%

90%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G East Entrance

To Appliance/Mattress

- White Drywall

19-093-A-9214

341901821-0007

<1%

4%

Amosite

Chrysotile

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

76%

Min. Wool5%Gray

Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G East Corner

Above Drop Ceiling -

Mudded TSI Elbow 1"

Pipe

19-094-A-9214

341901821-0008


Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G North West

Corner Near Office -

Yellow TSI1" Pipe

19-095-A-9214

341901821-0009

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose

Glass

10%

<1%

Brown/Gray

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

H&G North West

Corner Near Office -

White Drywall

19-096-A-9214-TSI

341901821-0010


Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G Above The

Firearm Sales

Counter - Yellow TSI

& White Tape-2" Pipe




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-096-A-9214-Tape

341901821-0010A

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)96%Wollastonite4%White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G Above The

Firearm Sales



19-097-A-9214-TSI

341901821-0011


Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G Above The

Firearm Sales



19-097-A-9214-Wrap

341901821-0011A


Glass

90%

2%

White/Silver

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

H&G Above The

Firearm Sales



19-097-A-9214-Mastic

341901821-0011B

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G Above The

Firearm Sales



19-098-A-9214-TSI

341901821-0012


Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G Above Storage

Room - Yellow TSI &

White Tape-1" Pipe

19-098-A-9214-Wrap

341901821-0012A


Glass

90%

2%

White/Silver

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

H&G Above Storage

Room - Yellow TSI &

White Tape-1" Pipe

19-099-A-9214

341901821-0013

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)5%Min. Wool95%Silver/Yellow

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

H&G Above Storage

Room - Yellow TSI Air

Handler Drain Pipe

No White TSI Present.

19-100-A-9214

341901821-0014

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)95%Cellulose5%Gray

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G Above Storage

Room - Sealant On

Air Handler

19-101-A-9214-TSI

341901821-0015


Fibrous

Homogeneous

H&G Above Storage

Room - Yellow TSI

And White Tape At

Large Pipe Union

19-101-A-9214-Tape

341901821-0015A


Glass

90%

5%

Brown/Silver

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

H&G Above Storage

Room - Yellow TSI

And White Tape At

Large Pipe Union

Analyst(s)

Jessicka Lopez (23) Carlos Rivadeneyra, Laboratory Director











Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:




Analysis Date:Shalimar, FL 32579 02/02/2019 - 02/03/2019


Project: 10A025.001.104


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-108-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341902000-0001


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Charleys Kitchen FT

19-108-A-9214-Grout

341902000-0001A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Charleys Kitchen FT

19-109-A-9214

341902000-0002


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Subway Storage Grey

FT

19-110-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341902000-0003


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Near Office Behind

Popeyes Grey FT

19-110-A-9214-Grout

341902000-0003A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Near Office Behind

Popeyes Grey FT

19-111-A-9214

341902000-0004


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Popeyes Kitchen Area

Red Brown FT

19-112-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341902000-0005


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Popeyes Near West

Red Brown FT

19-112-A-9214-Grout

341902000-0005A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Black

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Popeyes Near West

Red Brown FT

19-112-A-9214-Thinset

341902000-0005B

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Gray

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Popeyes Near West

Red Brown FT

19-113-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341902000-0006


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Sink Area Between

Subway Grey FT

19-113-A-9214-Grout

341902000-0006A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Brown

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Sink Area Between

Subway Grey FT

19-114-A-9214-Drywall

341902000-0007

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose10%Brown/Tan

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Rear Storage Behind

Subway Painted DW

19-114-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341902000-0007A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Rear Storage Behind

Subway Painted DW

19-115-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341902000-0008


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Hallway by Popeye &

Smoothie White Tile




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-115-A-9214-Grout

341902000-0008A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Red

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Hallway by Popeye &

Smoothie White Tile

19-115-A-9214-Thinset

341902000-0008B


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Hallway by Popeye &

Smoothie White Tile

19-116-A-9214-Drywall

341902000-0009

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose

Glass

10%

<1%

Brown/Tan

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Hallway by Popeye &

Smoothie Grey

19-116-A-9214-Caulk

341902000-0009A

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)97%Fibrous (Other)3%White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Hallway by Popeye &

Smoothie Grey

19-117-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341902000-0010


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Entrance Smoothie

Red Tile Wall

19-117-A-9214-Grout

341902000-0010A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Tan

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Entrance Smoothie

Red Tile Wall

19-118-A-9214

341902000-0011

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Gray

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Entrance Smoothie

Grey Grout Wall

19-119-A-9214-Mastic

341902000-0012


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Entrance Smoothie

Exterior Grey

Backboard

No Back Board present.

19-119-A-9214-Drywall

341902000-0012A

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose10%Tan

Fibrous

Homogeneous

Entrance Smoothie

Exterior Grey

Backboard

19-120-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341902000-0013


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Entrance Smoothie

Exterior Grey Tile

19-120-A-9214-Grout

341902000-0013A

None DetectedQuartz

Ca Carbonate

Non-fibrous (Other)

30%

15%

55%

Brown

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Entrance Smoothie

Exterior Grey Tile

19-121-A-9214

341902000-0014

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose

Glass

10%

<1%

Tan

Fibrous

Homogeneous

Back Hallway Behind

Subway & Popeye

Grey

19-122-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341902000-0015


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Back Hallway Behind

Subway & Popeye

Brn Ceiling Tile/White

Mast

19-122-A-9214-Mastic

341902000-0015A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Back Hallway Behind

Subway & Popeye

Brn Ceiling Tile/White

Mast

19-123-A-9214-Ceramic

Tile

341902000-0016


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Back Hallway Behind

Subway & Popeye

Grey Wall Tile

19-123-A-9214-Mastic

341902000-0016A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Back Hallway Behind

Subway & Popeye

Grey Wall Tile

19-124-A-9214-Drywall

341902000-0017

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose10%Gray

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Hallway Behind

Smothie Ceiling DW




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-124-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341902000-0017A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Hallway Behind

Smothie Ceiling DW

19-125-A-9214

341902000-0018

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose10%Tan

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Hallway Behind

Subway Ceiling DW

19-126-A-9214-Drywall

341902000-0019

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose10%Brown/Gray

Fibrous

Homogeneous

Hallway Behind

Popeye Ceiling DW

19-126-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341902000-0019A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Hallway Behind

Popeye Ceiling DW

19-127-A-9214-Drywall

341902000-0020

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose10%Tan

Fibrous

Homogeneous

Subway Prep Area

Near Entrance &

Serving Ceiling DW

19-127-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341902000-0020A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Subway Prep Area

Near Entrance &

Serving Ceiling DW

19-128-A-9214-Drywall

341902000-0021

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Subway Prep East

Wall Older DW

19-128-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341902000-0021A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Subway Prep East

Wall Older DW

19-129-A-9214

341902000-0022

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Smoothie Ceiling DW

19-130-A-9214

341902000-0023

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Above Prep Ceiling

GNC Grey DW

19-131-A-9214

341902000-0024

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose10%Tan

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Above Prep Ceiling

GNC White DW

19-132-A-9214-Drywall

341902000-0025

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

East Entrance Ceiling

DW

19-132-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341902000-0025A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

East Entrance Ceiling

DW

19-133-A-9214

341902000-0026

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose

Glass

10%

<1%

Brown/Tan

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

East Mens Room

Ceiling




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42


Project ID:

Analyst(s)












Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42

Customer PO:

Project ID:






Project: 10A025.001.104


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-134-A-9214

341902163-0001

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose

Glass

10%

<1%

Brown/Tan

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Above Drop Ceiling

Front Main PX

19-135-A-9214-Drywall

341902163-0002

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose

Glass

10%

<1%

Brown/Tan

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Above Drop Ceiling

NE Corner Fitting

RMS

19-135-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341902163-0002A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Above Drop Ceiling

NE Corner Fitting

RMS

19-136-A-9214

341902163-0003


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Aisle Column, NE

Main PX

19-137-A-9214-Drywall

341902163-0004

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose

Glass

10%

<1%

Brown/Tan

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

LP Office DW

19-137-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341902163-0004A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

LP Office DW

19-138-A-9214

341902163-0005

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose

Glass

10%

<1%

Tan

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Cash Cage Closet

19-139-A-9214

341902163-0006

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%

Cellulose

Glass

10%

<1%

Brown/Tan

Fibrous

Heterogeneous

IT Room Wall DW

19-140-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341902163-0007


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

IT Room Wall FT

19-140-A-9214-Mastic

341902163-0007A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

IT Room Wall FT

19-141-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341902163-0008


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Store Room Office

19-141-A-9214-Mastic

341902163-0008A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Store Room Office

19-142-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341902163-0009


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Cash Cage FT

19-142-A-9214-Mastic

341902163-0009A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Cash Cage FT




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42

Customer PO:

Project ID:


Light Microscopy



% Type

19-143-A-9214

341902163-0010

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

DW Above Armor

Force Bank

19-144-A-9214

341902163-0011

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Homogeneous

DW Store Room East

Wall

19-145-A-9214-Drywall

341902163-0012

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

DW Store Room

West Wall

19-145-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341902163-0012A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

DW Store Room

West Wall

19-146-A-9214-Drywall

341902163-0013

None DetectedGypsum

Non-fibrous (Other)

65%

25%


Fibrous

Heterogeneous

Store Room Janitor

Closet

19-146-A-9214-Joint

Compound

341902163-0013A


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Store Room Janitor

Closet

19-147-A-9214-Floor

Tile

341902163-0014


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Gun Room 1st Layer

FT

19-147-A-9214-Mastic

341902163-0014A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Gun Room 1st Layer

FT

19-148-A-9214

341902163-0015

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)98%Cellulose2%White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Store Room

Mezanine Tape Duct

Work

19-149-A-9214-Mastic

341902163-0016

None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)92%Wollastonite8%White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Store Room

Mezanine Small Pipe

19-149-A-9214-

Insulation

341902163-0016A


Fibrous

Homogeneous

Store Room

Mezanine Small Pipe

19-150-A-9214-Wrap

341902163-0017


Glass

65%

10%

Tan/Silver

Fibrous

Homogeneous

Store Room

Mezanine Large Pipe

19-150-A-9214-

Insulation

341902163-0017A


Fibrous

Homogeneous

Store Room

Mezanine Large Pipe

19-151-A-9214-Leveler

341902163-0018


Non-fibrous (Other)

15%

85%

Gray/White

Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Gun Room 2nd Layer

FT

No Floor Tile present.

19-151-A-9214-Mastic

341902163-0018A


Non-Fibrous

Homogeneous

Gun Room 2nd Layer

FT




Tel/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063



Customer ID: TAND42

Customer PO:

Project ID:

Analyst(s)











ATTACHMENT 5- ASBESTOS INSPECTOR CERTIFICATION

FORT RUCKER Environmental Document

ENV-AS002: Asbestos Abatement Procedures (1 JULY 2019)

Approved by: Melissa Lowlavar

Page 1 of 13

This is a controlled document. Verify the latest version online at www.fortrucker-env.com.

1.0 PURPOSE

This procedure defines the requirements for submitting abatement plans and close-out documents for asbestos projects on Fort Rucker. Control of environmental procedures is addressed in procedure ENV-P002, Document Control.

2.0 SCOPE

This procedure applies to all projects on Fort Rucker that require asbestos abatement. The requirements of this procedure are applicable to all military, civilian and contract personnel at Fort Rucker. The following list summarizes requirements above and beyond State of Alabama rules:

a. Containment is required on all involving external structures where feasible (to include around glove bag areas); exceptions must be approved in advance.

b. Remove all asbestos prior to whole building demolition projects (regardless of amount or type).

c. Personnel not involved in the abatement will not occupy the facility whenever possible while abatement activities are occurring. In the event the facility must be occupied, the contractor will acknowledge that they are responsible for the respiratory protection of all personnel in the area and will follow all OSHA requirements to include those listed in 29 CRF 1926.1101.

d. The Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM) Form 496 (10 work day notice) will be submitted regardless of amount or type of asbestos to be removed.

e. The abatement contractor will be certified by the State of Alabama regardless of amount or type of asbestos to be removed.

f. Final clearance samples will be required for all abatement projects, to include glove bag or external structure abatements.

g. Waivers are not accepted for personnel air monitoring – the abatement contractor personnel will wear respirators regardless of exposure amounts and type of abatement project.

h. The contractor will have a current ADEM Form 300 regardless of friable or non-friable asbestos waste (the form is good for two years and does not have to be project specific as long as the waste profile sheet indicates waste was generated on Fort Rucker).

http://www.fortrucker-env.com/



Page 2 of 13


i. A decontamination area will be set up for every abatement, to include floor tile projects.

j. A view port will be installed where feasible for non-respirator wearing individuals to observe abatement activities.




Page 3 of 13


3.0 DEFINITIONS

Term Definition ADEM Alabama Department of Environmental Management AHERA Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act AMT Asbestos Management Team AMCO Asbestos Management Control Officer COR Contracting Officer’s Representative DPW-ENRD Directorate of Public Works, Environmental and Natural

Resources Division, located in Building 1121; Phone: 334-255-1024 or 334-255-2080

External Structure Structure that is outside of a building, including, but not limited to, siding, piping, and storage tanks.

NVLAP National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PE Project Engineer (Government Employee, Corps of Engineers);

A government representative who performs oversight of contract work, including asbestos abatement, being performed on the installation. All PE personnel who provide oversight for asbestos abatement projects must be trained asbestos supervisors or accompanied by a trained asbestos supervisor.

PPE Personal Protective Equipment QAE Quality Assurance Evaluator (Government Employee): A

government representative who performs oversight of contract work, including asbestos abatement, being performed on the installation. All QAE personnel who provide oversight for asbestos abatement projects must be trained asbestos supervisors or accompanied by a trained asbestos supervisor.

QC Quality Control (Prime Contractor Employee): A prime contractor representative who performs oversight of contract work, including asbestos abatement, being performed on the installation.

Independent Party Oversight (Air Monitoring)

A company or person who performs independent oversight of air quality monitoring during asbestos abatement work. Independent oversight means the party has no economic, political, or other polarized interest in the performance of the entity being overseen. The independent party must have successfully passed a NIOSH 582 training course.

USAACE United States Army Aviation Center of Excellence




Page 4 of 13


4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES

It is the responsibility of the military, civilian or contract personnel conducting asbestos abatement operations to follow these procedures regardless of the amount or type of asbestos to be removed. If suspected asbestos containing material that was not previously identified is discovered during the course of a renovation project, the renovation work will stop until the material is sampled and a determination on the appropriate action to be taken is made.

5.0 PROCEDURE

5.1 Asbestos Surveys/Sampling

5.1.1 All asbestos surveys must be conducted by either AHERA-certified, state-accredited, in-house personnel or the project may be undertaken on a contract basis with a qualified firm that employs a state-accredited asbestos inspector. Project specific National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) documentation will identify who will be responsible for the survey depending on the scope of the project. All surveys will be conducted in accordance with the requirements in the Asbestos Management Plan and coordinated with Directorate of Public Works, Environmental and Natural Resources Division (DPW-ENRD).

5.1.2 All sampling required for asbestos projects, including clearance sampling (unless being performed on-site by an individual with a valid certificate of completion of a NIOSH 582 course), must be analyzed by a NVLAP certified lab that has a current certification. A copy of this certification must be provided as part of the submittal.

5.2 Pre-work

5.2.1 An Asbestos Abatement Work Plan will be developed in accordance with the USAACE Form 2739, Asbestos Abatement Work Plan, for each project prior to being allowed to begin work as specified in the Fort Rucker Asbestos Management Plan. Notification to the State of Alabama utilizing ADEM Form 496 will NOT occur until the Asbestos Management Team (AMT) and Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) have provided WRITTEN APPROVAL of the asbestos abatement plan.

5.2.2 The Asbestos Abatement Work Plan will include the following, and will be submitted as two hard copies and one electronic copy to the AMT and COR: 5.2.2.1 Current certificates for the asbestos abatement company and personnel

to include (ensure social security numbers or other sensitive items are blacked out on the submittal):




Page 5 of 13


Current certificate that authorizes the company to remove asbestos containing materials as issued by ADEM

State Licensing Board for General Contractors Certificate issued by the State of Alabama indicating that the company can perform abatement

Current training certificate from an Alabama Safe State ap-proved training provider for EACH individual that will participate in the abatement (Asbestos Abatement Supervisor, Worker, and/or Inspector); a current list of approved training providers can be found online at https://alabamasafestate.ua.edu/environmental-accreditation/lead-based-paint-abatement/index.php under “Approved Abatement Training Providers”

Current Alabama Safe State Certificate of Accreditation for EACH individual that will participate in the abatement

Current physician’s statement for each individual that will be involved in the asbestos abatement project which states that the worker is able to work around asbestos and wear a respirator in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101(M)(2)

Current credentials for the qualified independent party that will perform air monitoring as outlined in 5.2.2.6

Current waste certification letter from ADEM authorizing contractor to dispose of asbestos containing material at a specific permitted landfill (provided from ADEM after submittal of an ADEM Form 300, Solid Waste Profile Sheet)

Current certification and/or accreditation for personnel conducting asbestos survey (if not completed by Fort Rucker personnel)

5.2.2.2 Detailed description of the location of the abatement and the amount and type of asbestos that is planned for the abatement, including a diagram

5.2.2.3 Detailed description of the work practices that will be implemented during the abatement activities (the plan should ONLY include those practices that will be used in the particular project, not a list of every practice available)


https://alabamasafestate.ua.edu/environmental-accreditation/lead-based-paint-abatement/index.php

https://alabamasafestate.ua.edu/environmental-accreditation/lead-based-paint-abatement/index.php



Page 6 of 13


5.2.2.4 Description of PPE, including respirators, that will be used during the abatement operations as well as decontamination procedures that will be implemented

5.2.2.5 The Asbestos Abatement Work Plan will include all planned precautions to protect the safety and health of all personnel in accordance with OSHA standards to include 29 CFR 1926.1101.

5.2.2.6 Description of all equipment to be utilized during the abatement and decontamination procedures that will be implemented to clean equipment. All abatement projects that will remove friable asbestos must have a shower onsite as part of the decontamination area. The shower must be equipped with a less than or equal to 5 micron filter. The filter will be disposed of as asbestos containing waste and the filtered water will be sent to the sanitary sewer after notification to the DPW Utilities Branch.

5.2.2.7 Air Monitoring Plan (to be conducted by a qualified independent party who has successfully passed a NIOSH 582 training course), including at a minimum:

Details of monitoring for personnel during abatement operations; waivers for personnel monitoring will not be accepted

Procedure for clearance samples after the job is complete taken by an independent party; the independent party must not be an employee of the abatement contractor

Provisions for submitting copies of air monitoring results to the AMT and COR

5.2.2.8 Waste collection and shipment procedures, including:

Manifesting waste using USAACE Form 2736, Waste Shipment Record (available at https://www.fortrucker-env.com/) - the ORIGINAL manifest with all required signatures will be submitted to the AMT and COR within 10 days of the disposal action

Information on the landfill that will be used for waste disposal (to include the permit for the abatement company to dispose of asbestos containing material which is obtained by submitting an ADEM Form 300)

Provisions for providing copies of landfill weigh tickets to the AMT and COR


https://www.fortrucker-env.com/



Page 7 of 13


5.2.2.9 Procedures that will be implemented upon completion of the removal activities to ensure the work area is appropriately cleaned prior to receiving approval that the project is complete

5.2.2.10 ADEM Form 496, Notice of Demolition and/or Asbestos Removal, that the contractor is PROPOSING to submit to ADEM (DO NOT SUBMIT UNTIL PLAN IS APPROVED)

5.2.2.11 Procedures for responding to an emergency medical situation or fire and for maintaining site security

5.2.3 After receiving written approval from the AMT and COR of the completed USAACE Form 2739, Asbestos Abatement Work Plan, the abatement company will submit ADEM Form 496 to the State of Alabama no later than 10 work days (does not include weekends or holidays) prior to the start of work. The company will list a representative from the AMT and the COR on the email traffic if the form is delivered to ADEM electronically. In the event that the form is mailed, provide the AMT and the COR a copy of the certified mail receipt. If it is faxed, provide a copy of the fax delivery confirmation to the AMT and the COR. In the event that a revision to this form is required, the abatement company will ensure that the AMT and the COR receive a copy of the revision. **Note: The abatement company is required to notify the State of Alabama utilizing ADEM Form 496 regardless of the AMOUNT or TYPE of asbestos that is being removed. The AMT will provide the ADEM Form 496 with pertinent installation information pre-filled out.**

5.2.4 Fort Rucker requires the removal of ALL known asbestos containing material prior to whole building demolition, regardless of if it is friable or Category I or Category II non-friable material.

5.3 During Abatement

5.3.1 Schedule the request for the air handler to be turned off by contacting the COR; the COR will forward the request for turning off the air handler to the appropriate entity for execution. The request must be received when the approved ADEM Form 496 is sent to ADEM as outlined in 5.2.3 above; for those projects in areas where the facility manager has control over the air handlers, this action will be done internally, but a notification will be made to the AMT and COR for the project when the shut off is scheduled.

5.3.2 A copy of the complete approved asbestos abatement plan with all current certificates/accreditations/licenses will be at the job site at all times and available for review upon request.

5.3.3 Set up the area to be abated in accordance with the approved plan, to include utilizing appropriate signage and containment, to include the dumpster;




Page 8 of 13


containment will be constructed of at least 6 mil clear polyethylene sheeting. The contractor will ensure that a view port exists that looks into the containment wherever feasible for QAE/QC/PE personnel to observe work without having to don PPE and respirators. A shower facility with wastewater collection/filtration MUST be provided by the abatement contractor when working with friable asbestos.

5.3.4 Take photographs documenting the areas that will be abated (to be done by the prime or abatement contractor under the supervision of the QAE or PE).

5.3.5 Independent Party Air Monitoring 5.3.5.1 The independent party air monitoring contractor/company will be

provided with a copy of the abatement specifications and the relevant inspection report prior to the abatement commencing

5.3.5.2 Conduct personnel and area air monitoring. Any deficiencies will be communicated to the COR. The COR will have the abatement contractor correct the deficiencies. Air monitoring results will be posted at the project site daily for review by workers and all government representatives.

5.3.6 QAE/PE and QC Oversight 5.3.5.3 During demolition (not renovation) projects, the QAE or PE along with

QC personnel (recommended to be accompanied by an AHERA-certified, state-accredited asbestos inspector) will observe conditions periodically on-site during demolition and will complete the following tasks:

Complete an asbestos abatement compliance review during the abatement process

Perform a walk through survey of the building prior to demolition to assure the identified ACM has been removed

Observe the building demolition process for previously unidentified ACM

If previously unidentified ACM is observed during the demolition process, stop the demolition process and take appropriate action to assist in preventing visible emissions

Report the discovery of previously unidentified ACM to the AMT, COR and the Environmental Coordinator; this material must then be removed prior to the building demolition




Page 9 of 13


Issue a report to the AMT and COR on observations and events noted during demolition

A copy of all project review documentation generated by QAE/PE and QC personnel will be sent to the COR who will forward a copy to the AMT

5.4 Project Clearance

5.4.1 Inspection 5.4.1.1 A post abatement clearance will be conducted by a QAE/PE inspector

who is a trained asbestos supervisor or accompanied by a trained asbestos supervisor at the direction of the COR along with the QC

5.4.1.2 The QAE/PE and the QC inspector will each perform a visual inspection of the abatement site to ensure all ACM has been removed and will complete USAACE Form 2738, Asbestos Abatement Compliance Checklist. A copy of these checklists will be provided to the AMT and the COR.

5.4.1.3 After a review of the post abatement inspection and air sampling data, the AMCO or AMT-designated trained asbestos supervisor will issue a clearance letter to the project proponent and COR. Air monitoring data not within regulatory limits will be referred to the Industrial Hygienist for consultation with the AMT and the COR.

5.4.1.4 Once the area has been cleared, the contractor will contact the COR to forward the request to turn on the air handler to the appropriate entity. For those projects in areas where the facility manager has control over the air handlers, this action will be done internally, but a notification will be made to the AMT and COR for the project when this is scheduled.

5.4.1.5 At the recommendation of the QAE/PE inspector, the COR will release the building for renovation/demolition or other use

5.4.1.6 If the project is not under direct control of DPW, the responsible party (Corps of Engineers, Army Medical Command, etc.) will request to be accompanied by a trained asbestos supervisor from DPW or provide their own accredited asbestos supervisor to perform the steps outlined above while accompanied by the responsible party’s Quality Assurance representative or Project Manager (government employee)

5.4.2 Waste Disposal 5.4.2.1 The abatement contractor must notify the AMT or COR 24 hours prior to

the transport of the waste. All waste transportation must be documented




Page 10 of 13


on USAACE Form 2736, Waste Shipment Record, prior to transport. For weekend abatement projects, the waste will not leave the installation until Monday morning. No waste shipments will be made on the weekend without prior approval.

5.4.2.2 The AMCO or other designated government employee (DPW-ENRD or DPW QAE only) will sign USAACE Form 2736, Waste Shipment Record. The abatement contractor and transportation firm will also sign USAACE Form 2736.

5.4.2.3 Asbestos waste will be transported in enclosed trailers or dumpsters. Trailers or dumpsters will be lined with a minimum of 6-mil poly sheeting.

5.4.2.4 Ensure all bags/containers are labeled in accordance with the following label example (this applies only to the bags or containers, NOT the trailer or dumpster after it leaves the job site):




Page 11 of 13





Page 12 of 13


5.4.2.5 Each project will have its own dumpster. Asbestos waste will be removed from Fort Rucker after each abatement project is finished. In the event of a multi-phased project, the dumpster can remain on site as long as it is secured, labeled, and covered appropriately to eliminate individuals from accessing the dumpster. If friable and non-friable asbestos are co-mingled, the entire dumpster must be disposed as friable asbestos in an appropriate ADEM permitted landfill as outlined in 5.4.2.6 below.

5.4.2.6 ACM may be disposed of in any permitted landfill in Alabama with written approval from ADEM, following the special waste provisions found in ADEM regulations at ADEM Administrative Code 335-13-4-.26(2). Approval is obtained by the contractor by submitting an ADEM Form 300 for processing. The type of asbestos to be disposed (friable or non-friable) must match the ADEM Form 300 that the contractor is utilizing for waste disposal as there are greater landfill restrictions for friable asbestos.

5.4.2.7 The landfill operator must also sign USAACE Form 2736, Waste Shipment Record

5.4.3 Required Closeout Documents to be turned in to the AMT and COR (with the exception of 5.4.3.1, all other documentation may be submitted electronically): 5.4.3.1 The ORIGINAL hard copy USAACE Form 2736 containing all required

signatures within 10 work days of disposal 5.4.3.2 Any weigh tickets provided by the landfill 5.4.3.3 Copy of the daily log for the abatement project and any reports

generated by independent party oversight 5.4.3.4 Air Monitoring report for both personnel and area, to include the

clearance sample results and applicable chain of custody forms; and manometer read outs showing that the appropriate negative pressure was maintained during the abatement operation

5.4.3.5 Copy of the completed USAACE Form 2738, Asbestos Abatement Compliance Checklist

5.4.3.6 Before and after color photographs of areas that were abated (to be done by the prime or abatement contractor under the supervision of the QAE or PE)

5.4.3.7 Building drawings denoting areas that have been abated




Page 13 of 13


6.0 FORMS AND RECORDS

USAACE Form 2736, Waste Shipment Record USAACE Form 2738, Asbestos Abatement Compliance Checklist USAACE Form 2739, Asbestos Abatement Work Plan ADEM Form 300, Solid Waste Profile Sheet ADEM Form 496, Notification of Demolition and/or Asbestos Removal

7.0 REFERENCES

Fort Rucker Asbestos Management Plan ENV-P002, Document Control


WASTE SHIPMENT RECORDFor use of this form, see the Asbestos Management Plan; proponent is DPW-ENRD

1. Work Site Name Owner Name

Fort Rucker

No. Type m3 yd3

Printed/Typed Name & Title Month Day Year





Work Site Mailing Address

2. Operator's Name and Address (Abatement Contractor)

10. FORT RUCKER REPRESENTATIVE (Acknowledgement of Generation of Materials)

Signature

334-255-1656

3. Waste Disposal Site Name, Mailing Address, and Physical Site Location

Operator's Telephone No.

9. OPERATOR'S CERTIFICATION: I hereby declare that the contents of this consignment are fully and accurately described above by proper shipping name and are classified, packed, marked, and labeled, and are in all respects in proper condition for transport by highway according to applicable international and government regulations.

5. Description of Materials

Land

fill

Signature

Signature

12. Transporter II (Acknowledgement of Receipt of Materials)

13. Discrepancy Indication Space

14. Waste Disposal Site Owner or Operator: Certification of Receipt of Asbestos Materials Covered by this Manifest Except as Noted in Item 13.

Signature

Owner Phone No.T

rans

port

er

11. Transporter I (Acknowledgement of Receipt of Materials)

1121 Dilly Branch Rd Fort Rucker AL 36362

Waste Disposal Site Telephone No.

4. Name and address of responsible agency (Prime Contractor)

7. Total Quantity6. Containers

8. Special Handling Instructions and Additional Information

Signature

Gov

'tG

ener

ator

Page 1 of 2

This is a controlled document. Verify the latest version online at www.fortrucker-env.com. Previous editions are obsolete.

USAACE Form 2736 (1-OCT-17)

WASTE SHIPMENT RECORDFor use of this form, see the Asbestos Management Plan; proponent is DPW-ENRD

1. Work Site Name: Enter a description of the location on Fort Rucker

Work Site Mailing Address: Mailing address is: 1121 Dilly Branch Rd, Ft Rucker AL 36362

Owner's Name: Enter: Fort Rucker

Owner's Telephone Number: Enter: 334-255-1656

2. Operator's Name and Address: Enter the abatement contractor's name

Enter the address of the abatement contractor (not on Ft Rucker)Operator's Telephone Number: Enter the abatement contractor's telephone number

3. Waste Disposal Site Name, Mailing Address, and Physical Site Location:

Enter the name, mailing address, and physical site location of the facility that will be used for waste disposal. The site location address may be the same as the mailing address.

Waste Disposal Site Telephone Number: Enter the telephone number of the facility where the waste is disposed.

4. Name and address of responsible agency: Enter the name and address of the prime contractor for the project.

5. Description of materials: Enter a descriptive name for the type of waste being disposed (i.e., concrete, fill material, scrap metal)

6. Containers: Enter the number and type of containers used for transporting the waste (i.e., 3 rolloffs)

7. Total Quantity: Enter the amount disposed in either cubic meters (m3) or cubic

yards (yd3)8. Special Handling Instructions and

Additional Information:Enter any additional information that may be necessary for safe handling of the waste (i.e., contains friable asbestos, ensure adequately wet)

9. Operator's Certification: Signature and information completed by the contractor

10. Fort Rucker Representative: Signature from person within DPW-ENRD or the DPW-QAE who is approved to sign manifests

11. Transporter I: Enter information about the first transporter and obtain proper signature

12. Transporter II: Enter information about the second transporter and obtain proper signature (as applicable)

13. Discrepancy Indicator Space: The landfill operator will enter information, as applicable, for any discrepancies in the waste that is described in the above section versus what is actually received at the landfill facility

14. Waste Disposal Site Owner or Operator: Signature and information completed by a representative at the landfill used to dispose the waste

Page 2 of 2



ASBESTOS ABATEMENT COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST

For use of this form, see the Asbestos Management Plan; the proponent is DPW-ENRD

YES NO UKN NA Comments

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.


10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Are regulated areas clearly marked and marked correctly with the

appropriate OSHA required signs per 29 CFR 1926.1101(k)?

Is a HEPA vacuum operational and in use? **Note – shop vacs

are NOT appropriate for asbestos work**

Have all non-stationary items been cleaned and removed from

the work area?Have all items that cannot be moved been cleaned, covered and

sealed with a minimum of 6 mil poly sheeting to achieve an air

tight seal?

Have all critical barriers been properly established with a

minimum of 6 mil clear poly sheeting?

When applicable, has the electrical supply to the work area been

de-energized, locked out and tagged out to eliminate the risk of

electrical shock while using amended water for abatement

operations? Only GFCI outlets from outside of the work area

should be used as a power source.

Has the work area been secured to prevent contamination from

spreading beyond the work area? Entrances must be secured

when no workers are present.

Has an appropriate decontamination area and waste load out

area been established? Ensure that appropriate airlocks are

being utilized between the rooms within the decontamination unit.

**Note – shower facilities with wastewater collection and filtration

are required on projects involving friable asbestos**

Are workers/supervisors wearing the appropriate PPE during all

phases of abatement? (Varies by project - friable jobs require

respirators and suits even for set up)

PRE-WORK VERIFICATION

Is a copy of the approved abatement plan on-site and available?

Are all certifications, training records, and accreditation

certificates current for workers, supervisors, and any applicable

third party individuals?

Do individuals on-site to work match the credentials in the

approved plan? If no, the contractor must provide the proper

paperwork for anyone additional that is onsite.

Was an ACM survey conducted and attached to the approved

abatement plan?Do the dates on the ADEM Form 496, Notice of Demolition

and/or Asbestos Removal, match the dates the abatement is

occurring?

Is there evidence that the ADEM Form 496 was submitted to

ADEM at least 10 work days (not including weekends) PRIOR to

the abatement start date?

Are daily logs and sign in / out sheets available on-site?

Have “before” photos been taken of all areas to be abated? (to

be done by the prime or abatement contractor under the

supervision of the QAE or PE)

Has the HVAC been isolated and/or shut off?

SET UP AND ABATEMENT ACTIVITIES

Company:

Audit by: Date:

Building Number / Location:

Page 1 of 3






19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.


28.

29.

30.

31.

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

f.

Ensure all asbestos waste is out of the work area

Visually inspect for any residual asbestos in the work area

Lockdown/encapsulant solution is applied to substrate and

inner layer of poly is misted to contain residual asbestos

fibers

Wait for lockdown material to dry/setup

Complete gross removal and initiate final cleanup

Is the accredited asbestos supervisor inside the containment at

least 25% of the time? (Verify with daily logs)

Are air monitoring results for personnel posted on-site daily?

Are wet methods being utilized for asbestos removal?

Is there evidence that the ACM is adequately wet?

Is the ACM carefully handled (no visible emissions)?

CLEAN UP, DISPOSAL AND CLEARANCE

Is all ACM double bagged or wrapped appropriately in 6 mil poly?

Is all ACM waste labeled with the correct OSHA and generator

labels as shown in the figure below?

Is there evidence that the bagged/wrapped ACM is adequately

wet (should see condensation)?

Has final cleanup been conducted? Follow the sequence listed

below:

Conduct continuous cleaning during abatement

Is the accredited asbestos supervisor present?

SET UP AND ABATEMENT ACTIVITIES

(CONTINUED)Is there at least one fire extinguisher per 1000 sq feet available

and in place?

Is the dumpster appropriately labeled and lined with 6 mil poly

sheeting?

Are enough negative air pressure machines set up appropriately

to achieve a minimum of 4 air changes per hour for the work

area? **Note – HEPA filters in the negative air pressure

machines CANNOT be reused and must be disposed as

asbestos containing waste. Ensure that the filters are in place on

the equipment**

Page 2 of 3






g.

h.

i.

j.

k.

l.

m.

n.

o.

p.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

Has the contractor been informed to provide the ORIGINAL

USAACE Form 2736 to the government with all signatures no

later than 10 days after the waste leaves the installation?

Has the contractor been informed to provide the written final air

clearance and personnel monitoring results to the government?

If work area passes final clearance (<0.01 f/cc), notify COR

(in writing) that re-occupancy is allowed

Remove critical barriers and dispose as asbestos containing

waste

Has the HVAC system been turned back on? (Do not turn on until

final clearance is provided in writing.)

Have “after” photographs been taken of all areas that were

abated? (to be done by the prime or abatement contractor under

the supervision of the QAE or PE)

Has the government representative, generator, and transporter

signed the USAACE Form 2736, Waste Shipment Record, prior

to the waste leaving the installation?

Is the waste hauler transporting the ACM to the approved waste

disposal location called out in the approved abatement plan?

(Verify that the weigh tickets or landfill operators signature match

the landfill name in the approved plan.)

Outer layer of poly is removed and disposed as asbestos

containing waste, critical barriers remain in place, and final

air samples are collected

CLEAN UP, DISPOSAL AND CLEARANCE

(CONTINUED)

Inner layer of poly is taken down, contained, and disposed as

asbestos containing waste

Conduct second more stringent visual inspection of outer

poly layer that is still in place

Check for possible contamination to the layer beneath the

poly

If asbestos debris is discovered during inspection, further

cleaning is necessary

With outer layer of poly sheeting still in place, pre-clearance

air samples may be collected

If pre-clearance results indicate work area is clear, proceed

to step (n)

If work area is still contaminated, re-clean and sample again

Page 3 of 3



ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORK PLAN For use of this form, see ENV-AS002, Asbestos Abatement Procedures; the proponent is DPW-ENRD

Page 1 of 18 This is a controlled document. Verify the latest version online at www.fortrucker-env.com. Previous editions are obsolete.


BLDG #: PROJECT TITLE:

DATE SUBMITTED: DATE APPROVED:

PRE-WORK CHECKLIST Each section listed in this table must be completed on the following pages. Initial each line item after verification that all required information has been included. The template pages contain additional details about what is required for each section. Do not initial that a section is complete without verification that EACH item described within the template has been included in the Asbestos Abatement Work Plan.

VERIFICATION ORGANIZATION

PLAN SECTION / ITEM

Prime Contractor

(QC) COR/QAE/

PE DPW-ENRD

1: Project Information

2: Asbestos Surveys / Analytical Results (EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (1)) 3: Certifications / Accreditation / Licenses (EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (1),

(8), (9)) 4: Project Description (EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (1), (2), (3))

5 A-D: Work Practices (attach MSDS for any chemicals used and equipment rental notice if applicable) (EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (1), (3), (6))

6: PPE Description (EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (5))

7: Decontamination Procedures (EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (3), (6), (7))

8: Air Monitoring Plan (EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (4a-d))

9: Waste Collection and Shipment (EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (10))

10: Clean Up Procedures (EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (4d), (6), (7))

11: ADEM Form 496, Notice of Demolition and/or Asbestos Removal

12: Security, fire and medical emergency response procedures (EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (11))





BLDG #: PROJECT TITLE:

DATE SUBMITTED: DATE APPROVED:

CLOSEOUT CHECKLIST All required items should be attached at the end of this plan and submitted to the COR upon completion of project.

VERIFICATION ORGANIZATION

PLAN SECTION 13 ITEM

Prime Contractor

(QC) COR/QAE/

PE DPW-ENRD

Original signed USAACE Form 2736

All weigh tickets provided by the landfill

Copy of the daily log for the project and any reports generated by third party oversight

Air Monitoring Report

Copies of completed USAACE Form 2738, Asbestos Abatement Compliance Checklist (QAE/PE AND QC)

Before and after photographs of areas that were abated

Building drawings denoting areas that have been abated





SECTION 1: PROJECT INFORMATION

ABATEMENT COMPANY NAME:

EMAIL ADDRESS:

MAILING ADDRESS:

CONTACT PERSON:

CONTACT PHONE NUMBER(S):

CONTRACT NUMBER:

WORK ORDER NUMBER: DELIVERY ORDER NUMBER & PROJECT TITLE:

Corps District: PROJECT TYPE:

BASOPS JOC Other:

PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME:

PRIME CONTRACTOR PHONE NUMBER:

OTHER APPLICABLE DETAILS:

Corps of Engineers





SECTION 2: ASBESTOS SURVEYS / ANALYTICAL RESULTS

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (1))

Write a summary description of the sampling / surveys that were conducted including floor plans with sample locations. Attach the asbestos surveys / analytical results that are applicable to the project.





SECTION 3: CERTIFICATIONS / ACCREDITATION / LICENSES

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (1), (8), (9))

Attach copies of all required certifications and licenses as indicated below. Ensure all sensitive personal information is blacked out on the submittal (i.e. social security numbers.) Identify which individuals are acting in the capacity of the supervisor, worker, and Independent party oversight/air monitor.

1. Current certificate that authorizes the company to remove asbestos containing materials as issued by ADEM

2. State Licensing Board for General Contractors Certificate issued by the State of Alabama indicating that the company can perform abatement

3. Current training certificate from an Alabama Safe State approved training provider (list of approved training providers can be found at http://alabamasafestate.ua.edu/documents/Approved-Asbestos-Training-Providers.pdf) for EACH individual that will participate in the abatement

4. Current Alabama Safe State Certificate of Accreditation for EACH individual that will participate in the abatement

5. Physician’s statement for each individual that will be involved in the asbestos abatement project that states that the worker is able to work around asbestos and wear a respirator in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101 (M) (2).

6. Current credentials for the qualified independent party that will perform air monitoring or, if not using onsite personnel, NVLAP certification for certified lab where the air samples will be analyzed.

7. Current waste certification letter from ADEM authorizing contractor to dispose of asbestos containing material at a specific permitted landfill (provided from ADEM after submittal of an ADEM Form 300, Solid Waste Profile Sheet.

8. Current certification and/or accreditation for personnel conducting asbestos survey (if not completed by Fort Rucker personnel)


http://alabamasafestate.ua.edu/documents/Approved-Asbestos-Training-Providers.pdf

http://alabamasafestate.ua.edu/documents/Approved-Asbestos-Training-Providers.pdf




SECTION 4: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (1), (2), (3))

Write a detailed description of location of abatement and amount and type of asbestos that is planned for the abatement. Include information on how other employees at the work site will be notified of the abatement (signage, etc). Attach a diagram and pictures that clearly indicates where asbestos is located.





SECTION 5A: WORK PRACTICES

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (1), (2), (3))

Write a detailed description of the work practices that will be implemented during abatement in the space provided. Attach additional sheets if necessary.

Containment Methods





SECTION 5B: WORK PRACTICES

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (1))


Removal Methods

SECTION 5C: WORK PRACTICES





(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (1))


Chemicals to be Used (if necessary) – Include a copy of all Safety Data Sheets (SDS). Additionally, a copy of each SDS must be on-site while conducting abatement operations.

SECTION 5D: WORK PRACTICES

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (1), (3))






Equipment Required (Include number and type of negative pressure systems to be used based off of cubic feet of project area and achieving an exchange rate of at least 4 air changes per hour). Indicate a contingency plan in the event of equipment malfunction. A manometer must be used to verify that the appropriate negative pressure is maintained during the abatement. **NOTE – If rental equipment is to be used, written notification shall be provided to the rental agency concerning the intended use of the equipment, the possibility of asbestos contamination of the equipment and the steps that will be taken to decontaminate such equipment. Attach a copy of this written notification.**

SECTION 6: PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (5))





Write a detailed description of the PPE including respirators that will be used during abatement in the space provided. Attach additional sheets if necessary.

SECTION 7: DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (3), (6), (7))





Write a detailed description of the decontamination procedures for individuals and equipment that will be implemented during abatement in the space provided. Attach additional sheets if necessary.

SECTION 8: AIR MONITORING PLAN

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (4 a-d))





Describe the air monitoring plan that will be implemented by a qualified independent party. Attach additional sheets if necessary. This form should be given to the independent party to complete – the independent party must not be an employee of the abatement company.

Details of monitoring for personnel during abatement operations (waivers will not be accepted)

Describe procedure for clearance samples after the job is complete taken by an independent party

Describe provisions for submitting copies of air monitoring results to the AMT/COR

SECTION 9: WASTE COLLECTION AND SHIPMENT

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (10))

Describe procedure that will be followed to ensure the use of USAACE Form 2736, Waste Shipment Record, for all wastes generated by the project to ensure the appropriate signatures are obtained PRIOR





to the waste leaving the installation **Shipments will NOT leave Fort Rucker on the weekend unless prior approval is obtained**

List information for all landfills that will be used for this project, including the name, address, and ADEM permit number for each facility

List information for all waste haulers that will be used during the project, including the name, address, and registration number (if applicable)

Describe procedure for providing copies of all landfill weigh tickets and the ORIGINAL USAACE Form 2736 to the AMT/COR within 10 work days of the disposal action

SECTION 10: CLEAN UP PROCEDURES

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (4d), (6), (7))

Describe procedures that will be implemented upon completion of the removal activities to ensure the work area is appropriately cleaned prior to receiving approval that the project is complete.





SECTION 11: ADEM Form 496

Attach a copy of ADEM Form 496, Notice of Demolition and/or Asbestos Removal, that is proposed for submittal ADEM (DO NOT SUBMIT UNTIL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORK PLAN IS APPROVED)

Once the work plan is approved, attach a copy of the approved ADEM Form 496 and proof of submittal to ADEM. The abatement company will list a representative from the AMT and the COR on the email traffic if the form is delivered to ADEM electronically. In the event that the form is mailed, provide the AMT and





the COR a copy of the certified mail receipt. If it is faxed, provide a copy of the fax delivery confirmation to the AMT and the COR. In the event that a revision to this form is required, the abatement company will ensure that the AMT and the COR receive a copy of the revision and that the revision is attached to this work plan.





SECTION 12: SECURITY, FIRE, AND MEDICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES

(EM 385-1-1, 06.B.05.c (11))

Describe the procedures for security of the abatement area both during working hours as well as after duty hours to ensure individuals do not enter the abatement area prior to final clearance.

Describe procedures for responding to a fire within the abatement area.

Describe procedures for responding to a medical emergency within the abatement area.

SECTION 13: CLEARANCE PROCEDURES





After the abatement operations are completed, a post abatement clearance will be conducted by a Fort Rucker trained asbestos supervisor at the direction of the COR. The trained asbestos supervisor will perform a visual inspection of the abatement site to ensure all ACM has been removed and will complete USAACE Form 2738, Asbestos Abatement Compliance Checklist. A copy of the completed checklist will be provided to the AMT and COR.

After a review of the post abatement inspection and air sampling data, the AMT/COR will issue a clearance letter. If air monitoring data is not within regulatory limits, it will be referred to the Industrial Hygienist for consultation with the AMT. The COR will not release the building for renovation/demolition or other use until final clearance has been obtained.

At the conclusion of the project, attach the following documents after this section:

1. ORIGINAL hard copy USAACE Form 2736 containing all required signatures for each waste shipment

2. All weigh tickets provided by the landfill

3. Copy of the daily log for the abatement project and any reports generated by independent party oversight

4. Air Monitoring report for both personnel and area, to include the clearance sample results and applicable chain of custody forms

5. Manometer read outs showing that the appropriate negative pressure was maintained during the abatement operation

6. Copies of completed USAACE Form 2738, Asbestos Abatement Compliance Checklist (QAE/PE AND QC)

7. Before and after color photographs of areas that were abated (to be done by the prime or abatement contractor under the supervision of the QAE or PE)

8. Building drawings denoting areas that have been abated


EPA ID:

Title:

Phone: Email:

Contact:

Phone: Email:

PCBs Cyanides Sulfides Asbestos

Units: mg/L mg/Kg PPM PPB

Waste Type: Process Other

Units: Annual Quarterly Monthly

Solid Liquid Other

YES NO

YES NO

YES NO

Permit #:

Permit #:

Permit #:

Permit #:

Flash Point (if liquid)

Landfill Name #4:

Current Profile No. (if applicable)

ADEM Form 300 XX/18 mod3 Page 1 of 2

Waste Properties

pH (if liquid)

Solid/Liquid Combination

% Free Liquids

Process GeneratingWaste:

Generator Mailing Address:

Generator Contact:

Generator Physical Address:

Is this Wood Ash handled in accordance to ADEM Code 335-13-4-.26(6)?

Landfill Name #1:

Landfill Name #2:

Company Name:

Submitted by (if different from above):

Bladeable Sludge

Generator County:

Alabama Department of Environmental ManagementSolid Waste Profile Sheet

Form 300

General Information

Landfill Name #3:

Concentration:

Mailing Address:

Waste Name:

If this waste is subject to Corrective Action regulations 40 CFR Part 280 (UST) provide the following information:

UST Facility ID # UST Incident #

Source of Petroleum Contamination (Gas, Diesel, Used Oil, Hydraulic Oil, etc.):

Generator Name:

Profile Type (check one): New Certification Recertification Modification to Active Profile

Is this Foundry Waste handled in accordance to ADEM Code 335-13-4-.26(3)?

Waste Volume:

Remediation

Waste Information

Does the waste contain any of the following:

Will liquids be solidified prior to disposal (see instructions)?

Waste Disposition

CERCLA Cleanup

Frequency:

Physical State:

CVM

Line

Process Generating Waste continued:

Other:

Title

Signature Date

Certification

Alabama Department of Environmental ManagementSolid Waste Profile Sheet

Form 300Continuation Form

Name (type or print)

ADEM Form 300 XX/18 m3 Page 2 of 2

I certify under penalty of law that this waste material does not contain regulated medical waste, regulated PCB waste, or hazardous waste which is not conditionally exempt from Division 14 Regulations. I further certify that, at the point of disposal, this waste material will not contain any free liquids. This document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.

CVM

Line

ADEM Form 300 XX/18 m3

SOLID WASTE PROFILE SHEET INSTRUCTIONS

GENERAL INFORMATIONIndicate if the submittal is a new certification, recertification, or a modification to a current certification. A modification is a request for a change to a current certification when information relative to the waste stream has changed or additional information is added. Enter the generating facility's name, 12-digit USEPA Identification Number (if a number has been assigned to this location), physical address where the waste is generated, to include the county name and mailing address. Enter the name of the facility's contact person along with their official title, telephone number and e-mail address. This should be a person whom the Department can contact with questions regarding this certification or waste stream. Enter the name of the company and person making the profile submission, if it is different from the generator information. Include the company's mailing address along with the contact person's telephone number and e-mail address.

WASTE INFORMATIONEnter a description of the process generating this waste stream along with the name of the waste. The description should be clear and include background or historical information that will enable the Department to determine whether the waste is a hazardous or non-hazardous waste. General processes (i.e. spill cleanup, plant cleanup, decontamination, accidental release, wastewater treatment sludge, contaminated debris) will require additional clarifications to ensure that the waste is properly classified. For example, wastewater treatment sludge is too generic since this sludge could be hazardous depending on how the wastewater was generated (i.e. sludge from the treatment of wastewaters from electroplating operations could be a F006 listed hazardous waste). If the waste is subject to the corrective action regulations of 40 CFR Part 280 (Underground Storage Tank Program), include the UST Facility Identification Number and the UST Incident Number (if applicable). If the waste is contaminated with a petroleum product, indicate the type of petroleum. Also, indicate if the waste contains PCBs, cyanides, sulfides, or asbestos by checking the appropriate box, and supply the concentration and units as well. If necessary, attach Material Safety Data Sheets or other documents (i.e. laboratory analysis results) that describe the composition of the waste. Please indicate the annual volume for disposal. Place an "X" in the box indicating if the waste is a Remediation, CERCLA, or Process waste.

WASTE PROPERTIESPlace an “X” in the box indicating the correct physical state of the waste. If the waste is a liquid or contains free liquid, include values for percent free liquids, pH, and flash point. Plus indicate whether or not the waste will be solidified prior to disposal.If the waste is to be solidified, please identify where the solidification process will occur and the product used for solidification. Please attach a Material Safety Data Sheet for the product, if necessary.

WASTE DISPOSITIONIf the waste is Foundry Waste or Wood Ash, indicate whether or not it is being used as fill material in accordance with the requirements of ADEM Admin. Code r. 335-13-4-.26(3) and/or (6). Supply the name(s) and permit number(s) of the intended landfill(s).

CERTIFICATIONThe certification for submitted information must be signed and dated by an authorized representative of the company.

PROFILE/CERTIFICATION NUMBERIf this is a recertification or a modification to an existing certification, enter the six-digit profile number assigned to the profile by the Department.

E-mail or mail completed form, pertinent analyses, and applicable fees (specified in Division 1, Chapter 6 (335-1-6) of the ADEM Administrative Code) to:

[email protected]

Or mail your profile to:

Waste Disposal ApprovalsLand DivisionAlabama Department of Environmental Management PO Box 301463Montgomery, AL 36130-1463

CVM

Line

NESHAPS #

ADEM Form 496 Revised 1/19/18

STATE OF ALABAMA

Department of Environmental Management

Notice of Asbestos Abatement and/or Demolition

Reason: Original Cancelled Postponed Annual Revision #____

1. Facility Name: ___________________________________________________________________________________

Facility Physical Address: __________________________________________________________________________

City: _________________________________ State: AL Zip: _____________ County: ________________________

On Site Contact: ________________________________ Title: __________________ Phone: ___________________

Building Description [size (sf), age, #floors, prior use]: ___________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________

Exact Removal Site (room, floor, building #, etc.): _______________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________

2. Facility Owner: ___________________________________________________________________________________

Owner Address: ____________________________________ City: _________________ State: _____ Zip: _________

Contact: ________________________________________ Title: ___________________ Phone: _________________

Owner email: _____________________________________________________________________________________

3. Asbestos Inspector Name: ___________________________________________ Employer:_______________________

Inspector Phone: ___________________________ Inspector Email: _________________________________________

Safe State Accreditation No.: AIN Date of Inspection: ___________________________

4. Abatement Contractor: ____________________________________ ADEM Certification No.: ____________________

Address: __________________________________________ City: __________________ State: ____ Zip: __________

Contact Name: _______________________________ Phone: _________________ Email: _______________________

Demolition Contractor: _____________________________________________________________________________

Address: __________________________________________ City: __________________ State: ____ Zip: __________

Contact Name: _______________________________ Phone: _________________ Email: _______________________

5. RENOVATION DEMOLITION HAS NO ASBESTOS ORDERED (attach documentation)

Abatement Dates Demolition Dates

Start __________ Finish __________ Start __________ Finish __________



Work Days (Mon, Tue, etc.): _______________________________ Work Hours:_________________

Emergency reason(s) for not complying with 10-day notification requirement: ____________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

6. Attach a list that includes the following: Amount(s) and type(s) of ACM to be abated, whether the material is friable

or non-friable, and removal methods. *Contact ADEM for requirements for demolition by burning.

7. Waste Disposal Site: ________________________________________________________________________________

Address: _________________________________________ City: ____________________ State: ____ Zip: __________

Contact: ______________________________________ Phone: __________________ Permit No.: _________________

8. Procedures for unexpected ACM: ______________________________________________________________________

I certify the above is correct.

Signature: _____________________________________________________________ Date: __________________________

Print Name: ___________________________________________________________ Phone: _________________________

City of Huntsville: Jefferson County (collects job fees): All other areas:

Mr. Scott Cardno Mr. Craig Tucker Mr. Don Barron

Department of Natural Resources Air and Radiation Protection Division ADEM—Air Division

and Environmental Management Jefferson County Department of Health P.O. Box 301463

City of Huntsville P.O. Box 2648 Montgomery, AL 36130-1463

P.O. Box 308 Birmingham, AL 35202-2648 PH: 334/271-7879

Huntsville, AL 35804-0308 PH: 205/930-1204 FAX: 279-3044)

PH: 256/427-5750 FAX: 939-3019 (Street Address:)

FAX: 427-5751 (Street Address:) 1400 Coliseum Boulevard

(Street Address:) 400 6th Avenue South Montgomery, AL 36110-2059

320 Fountain Circle Birmingham, AL 35233-1598 E-mail:

Huntsville, AL 35801-4240 E-mail: [email protected] [email protected]

E-mail: [email protected]

WHO MUST SUBMIT A NOTIFICATION FORM?

Regulations require that someone (usually a contractor, property owner or consultant) submit a notification to the appropriate agency

10 weekdays prior to disturbing any regulated asbestos-containing material (RACM) or beginning demolition. Specifically, a notification

must be submitted if one of the three following situations exists:

1. It is a renovation project and at least 260 linear feet or 160 square feet or 35 cubic feet of RACM is to be removed.

2. It is a demolition project with or without asbestos-containing material (ACM).

3. A structure is going to be burned for fire training (requires Departmental approval).

WHAT IS REGULATED ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL?

RACM has greater than 1% asbestos by weight and includes friable and nonfriable forms. (“Friable” means that it can be crushed to

powder by hand pressure.) RACM can include: (1) Friable ACM, such as pipe and elbow insulation, storage vessel insulation, and

spray-applied applications such as fireproofing, soundproofing, or decoration. (2) Category I nonfriable ACM such as vinyl floor tile and

mastic, asphalt roofing products, gaskets and packing which have become friable or will be subject to sanding, grinding, cutting or

abrading. Please be aware that some older sheet vinyl (linoleum) has an asbestos-containing felt backing which can turn to powder

(become friable) under certain circumstances. You must be careful with it. (3) Category II nonfriable ACM such as transite and

cementitious siding or roofing which have a high probability of becoming crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder during

renovation or demolition activities.

WHAT ARE SOME OTHER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS?

A structure must be surveyed by an Alabama licensed inspector before renovation or demolition or burning for training. Friable and

Category II nonfriable ACM must be rem oved from a structure before demolishing it. Category I nonfriable ACM can usually be l

eft in the structure during demolition, if no materials are going to be recycled. Friable ACM must be wetted before, during and after

removal until soaked through. It should be containerized while wet and properly labeled. Friable ACM must be disposed of as special

waste, regardless of amount. Non friable ACM can usually be disposed of as general or construction waste. It is best to check with

the landfill or waste hauler first. Removed Category II nonfriable ACM must be disposed of separately. RACM must be removed by an

organization certified by the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM). (NOTE: All ACM must be removed from a

structure before burning for training.)

ARE THERE ANY EXEMPTIONS?

Privately owned residential buildings of 4 or less units that remain residential property are exempt from asbestos regulations, but they

must comply with disposal regulations. (This residential exemption puts homeowners at risk!)

HOW ARE NOTIFICATIONS SUBMITTED?

Original notifications may be sent b y U.S. Mail, special delivery service, hand-delivered or by e-mail (most common method).

Revisions to notifications and courtesy notifications may be sent by facsimile transmission, but usually by e-mail. They must be sent to

one of the 3 individuals/organizations below, depending upon the location of the renovation/demolition.

mailto:[email protected]



DEBRIS RECOVERY PLAN AND STATEMENTFor use of this form, see the Integrated Solid Waste Management Plan; the proponent is DPW-ENRD

Date: Contractor:

Contact: Title:

Phone: Email:

REUSE

(tons)

RECYCLE

(tons)

DISPOSE

(tons)

PERCENT

DIVERSION

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

Other: NA

Other: NA

0 0 0 NA

REUSE + RECYCLE + DISPOSE

TOTAL

PERCENT DIVERSION

= REUSE + RECYCLE X 100

Wood - Clean

Wood - Treated

Plant Debris

Plastics

Roofing

Dry Wall

Metal

Pallets

Cardboard

Concrete

Dirt / Clean Fill

MATERIAL

FACILITY / SERVICE PROVIDER

USED

Asphalt

Brick

ACTUAL DATA AFTER PROJECT COMPLETION

Project Address:

Project Type:

Identify which materials were reused, recycled or disposed by completing the table below. The percent diversion will automatically be calculated based on the other information entered. Select the designated box and provide the name of each facility or service provider and weight of materials. If the materials were reused on site, describe the reuse application under the facilities/service providers column. Salvaged materials from deconstruction should be

designated as reuse. Attach copies of receipts, gate tags, or other verifying documentation.

Page 1 of 1



SITE READINESS VERIFICATION

PROJECT LOCATION

EQUIPMENT ARRIVAL DATE ATTN:

Please review the checklist below and initial the appropriate box to the side.Sign and return the completed form to TriMark (7) days prior to the arrival date stated above.

Note: TriMark is not responsible for delays due to incompleteness of the jobsite. Installers are not authorized to unload equipment if the below criteria is not met.

FOOD PREPARATION, COOK, STORAGE AND DISH WASH AREAScomplete incomplete

> Wall finishes complete (FRP, ect.) where all equipment comes in contactwith walls including wall caps, corner guard areas, and header caps.

> Wall backing in place to accept all wall-hung shelving and equipment

> Floor drains and floor sinks Installed.

> Floor tile, Installed and grouted.

> Electrical rough Ins complete.

> Plumbing rough Ins complete.

> Walk in Cooler/Freezer finished with tile and grout or floor.

> Dish machine in route or on site if owner furnished.

> Ceiling grid installed in food prep areas.

> Dry storage areas finished to accept shelving.

> Hanging Exhaust Hoods - Complete

SEATING AREAS (IN ADDITION TO ABOVE CONDITIONS) IF APPLICABLE

> All areas that receive booth seating must have finished wallsand carpet.

GENERAL JOBSITE CONDITIONS

> Building secured, lockable and weatherproof

> Interior of site clear and ready for delivery and staging of equipment

> Access to building to accept trucks, fork lifts, and/or dollies to moveequipment into the building

> Parking lot unobstructed and either complete or hardpacked with nopaving scheduled on our delivery date

Please SIGN AND EMAIL the completed form to the Project Manager: [email protected]

Date On Site Manager


ENV-SW010: Contractor Hazardous Waste Management (21 March 2019)

Approved by: Melissa Lowlavar/Amanda Hickerson

Page 1 of 6


1.0 PURPOSE

This procedure defines the requirements for managing hazardous waste generated by contractors temporarily working on Fort Rucker. Control of environmental procedures is addressed in procedure ENV-P002, Document Control.

2.0 SCOPE

This procedure applies to all contractors that generate hazardous waste who are working temporarily on the installation. Contractors working on the installation long-term as part of regular installation operations (i.e., aviation maintenance contractor, base service support contractor) should refer to management procedures within the Hazardous Waste Management Plan.

3.0 DEFINITIONS

Term Definition 180-HWCAA Less than 180-day Hazardous Waste Central Accumulation

Area 90-HWCAA Less than 90-day Hazardous Waste Central Accumulation Area Accumulation Start Date (ASD) The date the first item is placed in the container

Accumulation Threshold

55-gallons for hazardous waste or 1-quart for acutely hazardous waste

ADEM Alabama Department of Environmental Management DPW-ENRD Directorate of Public Works, Environmental and Natural

Resources Division, located in Bldg 1121, telephone number 334-255-1024

Hazardous Waste

A solid waste that is not specifically excluded or exempted in ADEM Administrative Code 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)-(b) and that is a listed waste in ADEM Administrative Code 335-14-2 and/or exhibits a characteristic of hazardous waste as defined in ADEM Administrative Code 335-14-2-.03.

HWSAA Hazardous Waste Satellite Accumulation Area is where the hazardous waste is generated and collected in the work place.

Solid Waste Any garbage, refuse, sludge, liquid, semi-solid, or contained gaseous material resulting from industrial, commercial, mining, and agricultural activity. A material is a solid waste after it has




Page 2 of 6


been used for its intended purpose, when it is discarded by being abandoned, and sometimes when it is recycled.


4.1 Contractors

It is the responsibility of each contractor to follow proper procedures for hazardous waste management in accordance with federal and state regulations and this work instruction. Contractors are responsible for paying any fines resulting from noncompliance, which may be as high as $70,117 per violation per day.

4.2 DPW-ENRD

DPW-ENRD will provide additional guidance as necessary to help ensure compliance with hazardous waste regulations. DPW-ENRD will periodically perform inspections to validate conformance with this procedure. Updates to this procedure will be made by DPW-ENRD as necessary.

5.0 PROCEDURE

5.1 Waste Determination

5.1.1 Contractors will identify all wastes that may be generated prior to starting work on the installation. The contractor will work with DPW-ENRD to assess whether any of the wastes that may be generated are hazardous wastes in accordance with ADEM regulations.

5.1.2 If it is determined that the contractor is expected to generate hazardous waste, they must coordinate with DPW-ENRD prior to commencement of operations to set up a hazardous waste satellite accumulation area (HWSAA). If a hazardous waste is generated that was not part of the planning process, the contractor must immediately notify DPW-ENRD.

5.1.3 All contractors must follow federal and state regulations for management of hazardous waste. This procedure is not a replacement for reading and following the regulations. This procedure and the flowchart in Attachment 1 provide a summary of the requirements for proper management for operations generally conducted on Fort Rucker.




Page 3 of 6


5.2 Waste Accumulation Time

5.2.1 All hazardous waste must be accumulated in a HWSAA that is at or near the point of generation and that is under the control of the operator. The HWSAA must be secured to prevent unauthorized access. The only waste that should go into the HWSAA container is waste determined by DPW-ENRD to be hazardous waste. If a different type of waste is generated, then the contractor must immediately notify DPW-ENRD.

5.2.2 Waste may be accumulated in a HWSAA until the container is filled or when the waste exceeds the accumulation threshold (55-gallons for hazardous waste or 1-quart for acutely hazardous waste). When the waste meets the accumulation threshold or the container becomes full, the contractor must write the date the container is filled on the container as the accumulation start date, and the waste must be transferred to a less than 90-day Hazardous Waste Central Accumulation Area (90-HWCAA) / 180-day Hazardous Waste Central Accumulation Area (180-HWCAA) within three days.

5.2.3 The contractor will need to have prepared a DD Form 1348-1A to turn in with the waste container at the 90-HWCAA / 180-HWCAA. Contact DPW-ENRD for assistance in preparing the DD Form 1348-1A.

5.2.4 There are three 90-HWCAA / 180-HWCAA locations that contractors can utilize depending on the location of work being performed. They are the following: 1. Main Post 90-HWCAA (Building 1207) 2. Cairns Field 90-HWCAA (between Hangars 30103 and 30104) 3. Shell Army Heliport 180-HWCAA [managed as a 90-HWCAA] (Building 60127)

Waste generated at Cairns and Shell must be turned in to the 90-HWCAA and 180-HWCAA located at Cairns and Shell, respectively. At no time will the contractor transport hazardous waste across state roads as this is a violation of federal and state regulations.

5.3 Container Requirements

All hazardous waste must be accumulated in containers that meet the following requirements: 5.3.1 The container the waste is accumulated in must be a DOT approved shipping

container. 5.3.2 The container must be sized appropriately for waste to be generated. For

example, if it is anticipated that only a gallon of waste will be generated, a 5-gallon container should be used for accumulation rather than a 55-gallon drum. Fort




Page 4 of 6


Rucker must pay for waste disposal based on the size of the container not the weight. Contact DPW-ENRD for assistance if needed.

5.3.3 The container must be compatible with the type of waste being accumulated in the container.

5.3.4 DPW-ENRD will provide the contractor with prefilled out labels for the waste containers. Only put waste in the container that has been identified for that HWSAA.

5.3.5 Segregate containers of incompatible wastes: 1. Segregate reactive waste from ignitable waste 2. Segregate acids from caustics 3. Segregate corrosive waste from flammable waste 4. Segregate oxidizers from all other wastes

5.3.6 Containers of highly flammable liquid waste must be grounded. 5.3.7 Ensure that containers are always kept closed during accumulation, except when

adding, removing, or consolidating waste; or when temporary venting of a container is necessary. Protect containers from direct sunlight and inclement weather.

5.3.8 Maintain containers in good condition – free of rust, dents, holes, or other defects that may compromise the integrity of the container.

5.3.9 Situate containers on a pallet or other device that allows inspection of all sides of the container.

5.3.10 All containers of liquid waste must have secondary containment that is able to hold the entire contents of the container plus 10% freeboard.

5.4 Inspection Requirements

5.4.1 All containers that are in the work place accumulating hazardous waste for longer than 7 days must be visually inspected weekly using USAACE Form 2725, HWSAA Inspection Checklist.

5.4.2 Any deficiencies noted during these inspections should be immediately corrected or submitted to supervisor for further action. Contractors should contact DPW-ENRD if they have questions regarding any deficiencies.

5.4.3 Personnel conducting the weekly inspections must attend one of Fort Rucker’s HWSAA Manager training classes. The training schedule can be found at the Sustainable Fort Rucker website under the training tab.




Page 5 of 6


5.5 Training Requirements

5.5.1 Federal and state regulations require that all personnel managing or handling hazardous waste must be trained, either through classroom instruction or on-the-job-training, to respond to emergencies, protect the environment, and properly handle and dispose of hazardous wastes. The regulatory requirements for training may be found in the ADEM Administrative Code 335-14-3-.01(7)(a)(7.).

5.5.2 Facility personnel whose duties have a direct effect on hazardous waste management and/or hazardous waste accumulation, whether by direct contact with the hazardous waste or through hazardous waste management activities, must receive training. Each person managing or handling hazardous waste must receive introductory and annual update hazardous waste training corresponding with his/her responsibilities. The annual update training must be completed within 365 days of the previous training.

5.5.3 The introductory training must be completed within six months of the date on which the employee begins work in a position requiring such training. Employees must be immediately and continuously supervised when performing hazardous waste duties until such training is completed.

5.5.4 At a minimum, all supervisors and managers of hazardous waste activities will take a training course that meets required standards. It is their responsibility to ensure that personnel working for them are trained either in formal courses or in-house using on-the-job-training and "shop level" classes to meet the regulatory requirements.

5.5.5 Training records must be maintained for three years after the personnel cease working for the contractor.

5.6 Spill Prevention and Response

5.6.1 Site Specific Spill Plan. Each organization using hazardous materials and generating hazardous waste must complete USAACE Form 2719, Site Specific Spill Plan, which is available on the Sustainable Fort Rucker website. It is also referenced in the Installation Spill Contingency Plan (ISCP). The organization must have a hard copy readily available at each location that stores hazardous material and/or hazardous waste.

5.6.2 Spill Response. In the event that hazardous material or hazardous waste spills or leaks, the contractor must notify the Fire Department (call 911). The contractor is responsible for ensuring it is properly cleaned up in accordance with guidance from the Fire Department and DPW-ENRD.

5.6.3 Spill residue that contains a hazardous material or hazardous waste should be managed in accordance with the requirements in Sections 5.3 and 5.4. If the waste




Page 6 of 6


is waiting for laboratory analysis, the container should be marked PENDING ANALYSIS, dated with the date the sample was taken and turned into the 90-HWCAA.

5.6.4 Spill residue that is or may potentially be a hazardous waste must not be removed from the installation without a manifest signed by authorized personnel within DPW-ENRD.


EPA Form 8700-22, Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest USAACE Form 2719, Site Specific Spill Plan USAACE Form 2725, HWSAA Inspection Checklist USAACE Form 2726, 90-HWCAA Inspection Log DD Form 1348-1A, Issue Release/Receipt Document

7.0 REFERENCES

Sustainable Fort Rucker website: http://www.fortrucker-env.com ENV-P002, Document Control Hazardous Waste Management Plan (HWMP) Installation Spill Contingency Plan (ISCP)




ENV-SW011: Recycling Program (1 October 2017)

Approved by: Melissa Lowlavar/Phil Anderson

Page 1 of 5


1.0 PURPOSE

The Army has embraced recycling as an integral component of its core mission. Pursuant to section 211 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, 40 CFR 246.100, and DoD Instruction 4715.23, Integrated Recycling and Solid Waste Management, paragraph 1.2., installations must implement a recycling program.

The purpose of the Recycling Program is to recover and recycle materials from the solid waste stream. Benefits of recycling include reduction of solid waste disposal costs and environmental sustainment. The Recycling Incentive Program offers installation organizations the opportunity to participate in an incentive-based recycling program that provides DFMWR funds in exchange for direct contributions of recyclable material.

This work instruction establishes guidelines for the Recycling Program and the Incentive Program.

Control of environmental procedures is addressed in procedure ENV-P002, Document Control.

2.0 SCOPE

This work instruction applies to all military, civilian and contract personnel on Fort Rucker.

3.0 DEFINITIONS

Term Definition DFMWR Directorate of Family, Morale, Welfare and Recreation, located in

Building 5700, Rm 310, Phone: 334-255-1888 DPW-ENRD Directorate of Public Works, Environmental and Natural

Resources Division, located in Bldg 1121, telephone number 334-255-1658

Recycling The series of activities, including collection, separation, and processing, by which products or other materials are diverted from the solid waste stream for use in the form of raw materials in the manufacture of new products sold or distributed in commerce, or the reuse of such materials as substitutes for goods made of virgin materials, other than fuel.



Page 2 of 5



4.1 Program Manager Responsibilities

4.1.1 Maintain a record of recyclables received and weights and provides data to Solid Waste PM monthly.

4.1.2 Submit repair orders for recycling equipment.

4.1.3 Submit purchase requests for supplies.

4.1.4 Retain record of distributions to DFMWR for incentive program.

4.1.5 Ensure transfer of funds quarterly to DFMWR based on the types and quantities of materials recycled by each participating organization in the Recycling Incentive Program.

4.1.6 For the Recycling Incentive Program, assign a monetary value to the recycled materials based upon market values and program goals.

4.1.6.1 Accept, weigh, track, and issue weight tickets for segregated recyclables from organizational incentive program participants at the Recycling Center, during normal business hours (M-F, 0730 – 1530).

4.1.6.2 Provide a quarterly list to DFMWR of the dollar amounts by organization for the Recycling Incentive program.

4.2 Directorate of Family, Morale, Welfare, and Recreation (DFMWR)

4.2.1 Receive the DPW-ENRD list of each organization’s quarterly recycling totals for the Recycling Incentive Program.

4.2.2 Invoice DPW-ENRD for the amount of the recycling funds needed for each organization for the Recycling Incentive program.

4.2.3 Receive recycling funds quarterly for the Incentive program.

4.2.4 Transfer Recycling Incentive program funds to each participating organization’s DFMWR account as indicated in the DPW-ENRD list.

5.0 PROCEDURE

5.1 Recyclable Commodity List

5.1.1 Materials that can be recycled through the Recycling Program include:

5.1.1.1 Office Paper (high quality, bond, computer, mixed, telephone books, and Federal Registers)



Page 3 of 5


5.1.1.2 Newspaper

5.1.1.3 Cardboard (except wax-coated or food contaminated)

5.1.1.4 Aluminum Cans

5.1.1.5 Plastics (#1,2,3,4,5,7)

5.1.1.6 Scrap metal (except from Army Working Capital Fund [AWCF] activities unless they choose not to recycle on their own).

5.1.1.7 Expended small arm firing range brass (up to and inclusive of .50 cal or 12.7mm) and gleanings made unusable for military firing (e.g., crushed, shredded, annealed, or otherwise rendered unusable as originally intended prior to recycling in accordance with DUSD(ES) Memorandum)

5.1.1.8 Ink/toner cartridges, if they are not used to reduce the price of replacements

5.1.1.9 Commissary and Exchange Store recyclable wastes (cardboard, etc.); if the commissary or exchange does not have a recycling program, it must turn these items in to the installation Recycling Program (unless otherwise excluded by law)

5.1.1.10 Scrap wood and lumber, including crates and pallets (unless restricted by reuse rules)

5.1.1.11 Rags and textile wastes which have not been contaminated with hazardous material or hazardous waste

5.1.1.12 Furniture

5.1.1.13 Ammunition cans

5.1.1.14 Donated privately-owned personal property

5.1.1.15 Electronic component

5.1.2 Materials that cannot be recycled through the Recycling Program include:

5.1.2.1 Government material furnished to a contractor

5.1.2.2 Precious metal-bearing scrap

5.1.2.3 Scrap metal generated from AWCF activity

5.1.2.4 Items that must be demilitarized at any time during its life cycle, except for small arm brass and firing range gleanings, as noted above (excludes items with demilitarization Codes A & B)

5.1.2.5 Hazardous material and waste, except ethylene glycol based antifreeze, used oil, and batteries



Page 4 of 5


5.1.2.6 Commissary store wastes (food, scraps, bone, fats, trims, meats)

5.1.2.7 Materials that can be reused by the government for their original purpose without special processing

5.1.2.8 Economically repairable items (e.g., used vehicles, vehicle or machine parts)

5.1.2.9 Unopened containers of oil, paints, or solvents

5.1.2.10 Fuels (uncontaminated and contaminated)

5.1.2.11 Munitions List Items (MLI) or Commerce Control List Item (CCLI)

5.1.2.12 Printed circuit boards containing hazardous materials

5.1.2.13 Items required to be mutilated prior to sale or release to the public

5.1.2.14 Ammunition cans, if reused by the government as ammunition cans

5.1.2.15 Drugs, biologicals, and controlled substances

5.1.2.16 Nitrate based film

5.1.3 Materials that can be recycled through the Recycling Incentive Program include:

5.1.3.1 Office Paper

5.1.3.2 Cardboard (Corrugated and Boxboard)

5.1.3.3 Aluminum Cans

5.1.3.4 Plastics (#1,2,3,4,5,7)

5.1.3.5 Office paper

5.2 Recycling Incentive Program Participation

5.2.1 Participants can bring segregated recyclables to the Recycling Center located at building 9322 during regular operating hours (M-F, 0730 – 1530).

5.2.2 Anyone may turn in materials to the recycling center. However, DFMWR funds may only be earned by Fort Rucker military, civilian, and tenant organizations with a DFMWR fund code. The organization receiving the credit must by indicated when the commodities are turned in to the recycling center. If any materials are turned in for recycling and an organization is not indicated, no credit will be earned.

5.2.3 Recycling personnel will weigh commodities and record the weight of each quantity on a tracking spreadsheet. The tracking information will be submitted to the Recycling Program manager at least on a monthly basis.

5.2.4 Installation personnel will deposit segregated commodities in the designated collection containers in the Recycling Center.



Page 5 of 5


5.2.5 Funds will only be transferred to Fort Rucker military, civilian, and tenant organizations with a DFMWR fund code. Private organizations and individuals are not eligible for earning DFMWR funds.

5.3 Recycling Center Turn-In Procedures

5.3.1 Organizations may bring recyclable materials to the Recycling Center during normal business hours (M-F, 0730 – 1530).

5.3.2 The Recycling Center will provide containers for dropping off segregated commodities on the weekend. These containers will be located outside building 9322. Weekend drop off containers should not be used during regular business hours.

5.3.3 Organizations participating in the Recycling Incentive program should enter the facility utilizing the driveway on the south side of the building. All turn-ins will be taken in to building 9322 and placed in designated bins during drop off hours.


None

7.0 REFERENCES

DoD Instruction 4715.23, Integrated Recycling and Solid Waste Management Sustainable Fort Rucker website: http://www.fortrucker-env.com ENV-P002, Document Control Fort Rucker Pollution Prevention Plan (P2 Plan)

ex. Ft Smith Main Store Image Update Warehouse Address C/O Steve Wagner Company Name Mobile Number

ex. 0456-15-000001 (example) Building #123, Furn Warehouse General Contractor ex. Company Name ex. Name Here ex. 123-523-1251

ex. Best Company, Inc 1000 Bradley Ave Fixture Takeoff POC AAFES Casandra Winbush 214-312-3394

ex. Steve Wagner Ft. Smith, GA 75010 PM AAFES Matt Cadwallader 214-957-5765

ex. 345-567-1345 GM AAFES ex. Name Here ex. 123-523-1253

ex. 6/1/17 Project Address C/O Steve Wagner Store Manager AAFES ex. Richard Ready ex. 123-523-1254

ex. 12/1/17 (example) Building #3412, Main Store Ops Manager AAFES ex. Name Here ex. 123-523-1255

4567 Abrams Ave Warehouse Manager AAFES ex. Name Here ex. 123-523-1256

8/23/2017 0:00 Ft. Smith, GA 75010 FMO AAFES ex. Name Here ex. 123-523-1257

ex. Steve Wagner EUCT (IT) AAFES ex. Name Here ex. 123-523-1258

VM AAFES ex. Name Here ex. 123-523-1259

Date Received Location

Received

Shipping Company/

Driver

Received By Inspected By Vendor Name PO Number Description of items/ box Location in Storage Past Due (Y/N) - When

due

Missing Pieces (Y/N) -

Descrip.

Damaged (Y/N) -

Descrip.

Overstock (Y/N) -

Descrip.

Date Installed Date Final Set

ex. 8/23/17 ex. FLIC

Warehouse or

Main Store

ex. Allied / Joe Smith ex. Steve Wagner ex. Steve Wagner /

Richard Ready

ex. Vira Insight ex. 7300246421 ex. Men's 3 way mirrors and

softlines rack toppers

ex. East side, 3rd rack,

2nd shelf

ex. N/A ex. Yes - Missing screws

and feet for fixture.

Require 24- 1/2" long /

1/4" dia hex screws and 6

feet for the mirror fixture

ex. Yes - Bent rail. Box

was wet and had holes

in it.

ex. Yes - Equip not

required. Existing

softlines rack toppers

on site and adequate

ex. 10/15/17 ex. 11/25/2017

ex. N/A ex. N/A ex. N/A ex. N/A ex. N/A ex. Madix ex. 7300246284 ex. Mass Cosmetics Gondola ex. N/A ex. Yes - due 8/11/17 ex. N/A ex. N/A ex. N/A ex. N/A ex. N/A

Date of Report

Report By

2/27/2020 11:24Project Name

Project Number

FLIC Company Name

FLIC POC

POC Mobile Phone

FLIC Contract Start Date

FLIC Contract End Date

PL-K-RE-E EXHIBIT C – SCOPE OF WORK Page 1

Scope of Work Fixturization for Ft Rucker Exchange

Ft Rucker Image Update (Building 9214), AL

1. GENERAL: A. The purpose of this FLIC (Fixturization, Logistics, and Installation Contract), is for the

fixturization in support of Exchange Image Update at Ft Rucker, AL to include Main Store Retail, PXtra, Food Court, and Services Mall.

B. IN THIS PROJECT FLIC contractor will be a sub contract to the Prime General Contractor. Any reference to the General Contractor will state “General Contractor” and is the Prime contract. When only the word Contractor is used, that is the reference to FLIC or sub to the Prime. The General Contractor shall have the FLIC contractor under their contract.

C. The General Contractor shall be solely responsible for the Fixturization of this project.

“Fixturization” includes the receiving, coordinating, installation and modification of Exchange provided fixtures, disposal of existing fixtures that will not be re-used, and clean-up/waste removal in accordance with approved shop drawings, fixture plan and phasing plan. The General Contractor will be responsible for the install of Ceiling-hung Canopies. The General Contractor shall be responsible for installing “Vira Grid”. The General Contractor shall be responsible for relocating cards and mobile kiosk if necessary. The General Contractor will be responsible for cutting fixtures if needed.

D. General Contractor shall use Existing Storage Space at old Commissary Building 9213

Hutton Plaza Rd for fixtures at no cost.

E. The retail area of the store will be available to the FLIC contractor and General Contractor (GC) as specified in the phasing schedule.

F. Receiving Log must be kept at all times for all deliveries. See excel sheet provided.

2. RECEIVING: A. Since all fixtures are Exchange provided, the Exchange will initiate all deliveries. The

Exchange will attempt to order all fixtures, grouped by phasing plan. However, delivery dates may vary depending on the delivery requirements or manufacturer lead time, which may vary between 1-8 weeks from order date. Therefore phases will not be delivered by phase and the FLIC will be responsible for organizing the fixtures in the designated area of the store for storing, until installed. The shipments will be received at the Main Store Building 9214 and stored at Old Commissary across the street until installation is needed. FLIC is responsible for transportation of equipment to and from the old Commissary Building 9213 Hutton Plaza Rd.


B. FLIC contractor to review with Exchange POC the PO’s and verify statement.

C. The FLIC contractor shall be responsible to notify the Exchange point of contact of all deliveries made to the store and shall off-load fixtures from freight truck(s). Two-three times weekly or as needed during normal store operation hours, the Exchange point of contact (POC) will inspect all of the deliveries and verification of the PO and immediately sign over to the contractor, by use of the Hand Receipt Form [Exhibit C-7]. The FLIC contractor will assist the Exchange POC in reviewing and verifying the deliveries. This hand receipt form shall be kept on file by the contractor so same fixture(s) can be signed back over to the Exchange. Once the contractor’s installation of the fixtures has been accepted by the Exchange, the Exchange’s formal receiving procedures will be completed.

D. The FLIC contractor shall manage inventory of all new Exchange provided fixtures and

fixture accessories. Fixtures shall be stored in Furniture Warehouse Building 223 and installed per Exhibit C-1, Phasing Plan. Contractor shall organize fixtures in the designated area of the store according to phasing plans. The shipments will be received at the Main Store and stored at Furniture Warehouse Building 223 until installation is needed. FLIC is responsible for transportation of equipment to and from Furniture Warehouse Building 223 (while there is a loading dock, assume that it will not be available at all times).

E. The FLIC contractor shall inspect all deliveries to the store for damages. If there are

damages upon delivery, the FLIC must report them to the courier and note the damages on the shipping bill of lading or other record shipping document(s), and immediately notify the Exchange POC of damages. The FLIC contractor and Exchange POC will re-inspect the damaged delivery prior to signing over to the contractor. The Exchange POC will take photos and report damages to the contracting officer so replacements can be ordered by the Exchange at no expense to the contractor. Any damages found and not reported prior to sign over will be the responsibility of the contractor and must be immediately reported to Exchange POC for re-order, and will be deducted from the contractor’s final billing.

3. INSTALLATION: A. The FLIC contractor shall furnish all parts, material, fasteners and labor to install fixtures

per approved phasing plan and schedule. [Exhibit C-1 – Phasing Plan]. The FLIC contractor is also responsible for providing all necessary equipment which will be needed for the complete installation of fixtures (e.g., ladders, hand tools, etc.).

B. After prior coordination and approval from the store, the contractor is responsible for the movement of any existing and new fixtures per approved fixture and phasing plans. Exchange associates will de-merchandise and merchandise all fixtures.

C. Prior to new phase installation, contractor shall review delivered fixtures to determine

if they are damaged or parts are missing. If the contractor does discover missing or damaged parts, the FLIC contractor will contact the AAFES POC immediately to replace


the missing parts. Any Parts received that become missing will be deducted from contracting final billing.

D. The FLIC contractor shall disassemble, as necessary, and remove/ relocate existing

fixtures within the scheduled phases within 8 hours prior to the start of that phase by the General Contractor. Upon Exchange acceptance of each phase completed by the General Contractor, the FLIC contractor shall complete installation of fixtures within 24 hours. All movement of fixtures must be coordinated prior with store manager or general manager. FLIC contractor must provide manpower to meet the deadline. FLIC contractor must work/meet with the GC daily to ensure a smooth transition from Phase to Phase, as to not impact the GC progress/schedule negatively.

E. All work shall be accomplished while supervised by the FLIC qualified installation

supervisor. That supervisor should be on site during installation.

F. Existing and new fixtures shall be located and installed in strict accordance with the most current approved phasing plans confirmed by Exchange Project Manager. Any discrepancies, deviation or deficiencies shall be reported to the designated point of contact and Exchange Contracting Officer.

G. The FLIC contractor shall be responsible for identifying and installing electrical disconnects and final electrical connections electrical devices (light fixtures and/or outlets) that are integral to the fixture, which are not shown on the electrical drawings. The FLIC contractor shall contact the fixture manufacturers to obtain any needed information or specifications on electrical components. Electrical circuits and final connections to provide power to fixtures and power poles shall be by the General Contractor. The FLIC contractor shall coordinate power requirements (location of power poles, floor boxes and/or outlets) for fixtures with the General Contractor. FLIC contractor install fixtures and make any and all internal connections and the General Contractor provide J Box power wiring and connections.

H. Fixtures to be installed by the FLIC that may not be obvious will include, but not limited to, fitting rooms, bike racks, cart corrals, and Vira Grid.

I. Major fixture moves shall take place when store is closed or behind hardened walls, curtains or similar. The FLIC shall coordinate with the GC on the phasing and construction schedule.

J. When fixtures are to be installed in an area during store operating hours, the FLIC contractor shall work with the Exchange General Manager and local point of contact to develop a schedule which will minimize negative impact on store operations.

K. The FLIC contractor shall provide their own material handling equipment (MHE) (e.g., stock carts, dollies, platform trucks, gondola movers, fork lifts, box trucks etc.) for movement of materials and supplies. The FLIC contractor shall not use Exchange owned MHE or customer used shopping carts. All MHE must have ‘non-marking’ tires to prevent damage to flooring throughout the store.


L. The FLIC contractor and the Exchange point of contact shall complete Exhibit C-7, Hand Receipt Form, C-5 Site Inspection & Installation Acceptance Form and C-6, Site Amperage Inspection Report for each completed Phase of the project. This shall serve as Exchange’ acknowledgement that the fixturization and installation for the particular phase is correct and complete per approved fixture and phasing plans. A copy of Exhibit C-5, Site Inspection & Installation Acceptance Form shall be included with the submission of invoices for applicable phase(s).

4. REFURBISHMENT OF EXISTING FIXTURES:

A. A minimum of 25% of the hard-lines fixtures – existing Madix gondola fixtures, will require refurbishment per the approved fixture plan and shall be done on-site. The hard-line fixture listing indicates the parts that require refurbishment.

B. Refurbishment includes but is not limited to all gondola bases & ends, disassembly of fixtures, replacement of bases, end caps, kick-plates, base decks, braces, standards, etc., removal of existing wall substrate system, re-painting, re-building, adjusting, re-laminating, and cutting down the existing fixtures.

C. The Exchange will be responsible for replacement fixture parts, and the contractor will

be responsible for the tools & materials necessary for repairing the fixtures.

D. Any work on these fixtures which results in excessive noise or dust/debris shall be done while store is closed so as to not interrupt store operations.

5. EXCESS FIXTURES DESIGNATED FOR RE-USE:

A. The Exchange will designate fixtures for re-use.

B. These fixtures will be disassembled, bundled by FLIC contractor, and stored at designated area of store until a time not later than the end of the contract performance period. The contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment and labor required.

C. The Exchange point of contact and the FLIC contractor will coordinate

packing/palletizing, for shipment, of the re-usable fixtures from the store to designated location(s). Shipping of the re-usable fixtures to designated location(s) will be at the expense of the Exchange.

D. Due diligence will be exercised by the contractor to preserve all re-usable fixtures.

E. Excess fixtures not designated for re-use shall be sold by the FLIC contractor to a

willing buyer and any proceeds shall be returned to the Exchange. If a willing buyer is not available, the FLIC contractor shall contact AAFES POC to determine the best method of disposal. All expenses associated with the fixture disposal shall be borne by the FLIC contractor.


6. CLEAN-UP AND WASTE REMOVAL: A. The FLIC is responsible for daily debris removal. Work areas shall be kept clean at all

times; debris shall be removed daily. This includes, but is not limited to, packing materials, drink cups/cans, etc. The FLIC contractor shall provide own waste receptacles for use on-site and will not use Exchange or General Contractor owned waste receptacles. The contractor shall arrange for separate outdoor dumpster or roll off container which is to be used for all debris generated during the removal/installation of fixtures. The FLIC shall work with Exchange General Manager and/or point of contact regarding specific location of dumpster/container.

B. Flooring under fixtures will either be broom-swept or vacuumed.

C. Upon completion of the installation of fixtures, the FLIC shall thoroughly clean the

premises, fixtures, wall systems, and all related parts of all dirt and dust resulting from the installation.

D. The FLIC contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and following all applicable

disposal requirements set forth by Ft Rucker DPW, Environmental, and related departments.

7. OTHER REQUIREMENTS: A. The FLIC contractor shall be responsible for ensuring work place safety in accordance

with current OSHA regulations. B. The FLIC contractor shall be compliant with all contract terms and conditions, schedules

and exhibits.

C. The FLIC contractor shall provide an on-site supervisor(s), every day for the duration of the project inclusive of day and evening work shifts. The on-site supervisor will need to coordinate the work schedule with that of the store and General Contractor to avoid conflicts. (The FLIC contractor must provide sufficient man power to meet the required project time lines and phasing schedule durations for turnover).

D. FLIC contractor will take daily progress pictures (digital and color format) showing the

receiving, refurbishment, assembly and installation of fixtures. Photos shall be provided once per week and sent to the Exchange Project Manager on record.

E. If any Exchange owned fixtures, flooring, walls, equipment become damaged during

performance while in possession of the FLIC contractor, they must be reported to the Exchange point of contact for reporting to the contracting officer so repairs can be made and replacements can be ordered. Any replacement orders or repairs made by the Exchange resulting from damage caused by the FLIC contractor during performance will be deducted from the FLIC contractor final billing.

END OF EXHIBIT C – FLIC SCOPE OF WORK